WO2019216109A1 - Vulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire - Google Patents

Vulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019216109A1
WO2019216109A1 PCT/JP2019/015827 JP2019015827W WO2019216109A1 WO 2019216109 A1 WO2019216109 A1 WO 2019216109A1 JP 2019015827 W JP2019015827 W JP 2019015827W WO 2019216109 A1 WO2019216109 A1 WO 2019216109A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
rubber composition
vulcanized rubber
component
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/015827
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
靖宏 庄田
茂樹 大石
Original Assignee
株式会社ブリヂストン
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社ブリヂストン filed Critical 株式会社ブリヂストン
Priority to JP2020518209A priority Critical patent/JPWO2019216109A1/en
Publication of WO2019216109A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019216109A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60CVEHICLE TYRES; TYRE INFLATION; TYRE CHANGING; CONNECTING VALVES TO INFLATABLE ELASTIC BODIES IN GENERAL; DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO TYRES
    • B60C1/00Tyres characterised by the chemical composition or the physical arrangement or mixture of the composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F210/00Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F210/00Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • C08F210/02Ethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F212/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F212/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F212/06Hydrocarbons
    • C08F212/08Styrene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F236/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F236/02Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F236/04Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds conjugated
    • C08F236/06Butadiene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F236/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F236/02Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F236/04Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds conjugated
    • C08F236/08Isoprene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F236/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F236/02Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F236/04Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds conjugated
    • C08F236/10Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds conjugated with vinyl-aromatic monomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L21/00Compositions of unspecified rubbers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L9/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of conjugated diene hydrocarbons
    • C08L9/06Copolymers with styrene

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a vulcanized rubber composition, a tire tread and a tire.
  • studless tires with softened tread rubber have been used as tires for safe driving on ice in addition to normal road surfaces.
  • the on-ice performance of the tire can be improved.
  • a tire including a soft tread rubber has a problem of poor wear resistance on a normal road surface, and the on-ice performance and the wear resistance of the tire are in a trade-off relationship.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses that 0.5 to 20 parts by weight of potassium titanate fiber is used with respect to 100 parts by weight of a rubber component made of natural rubber and butadiene rubber.
  • a rubber composition containing 5 to 200 parts by weight of carbon black having an iodine adsorption amount of 100 to 300 mg / g which is a tread having a two-layer structure comprising a cap tread and a base tread. It is known that the performance on ice (performance on ice and snow) is improved while suppressing a decrease in wear resistance.
  • Patent Document 1 Although the effect of improving the performance on ice (coefficient of friction on ice) of the tire can be expected by blending a specific amount of potassium titanate fiber (see Table 1 of Patent Document 1), the anti-resistance. Abrasion tends to be slightly reduced, and it has been difficult to achieve both high performance on ice and wear resistance.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a vulcanized rubber composition that solves the above-described problems of the prior art and can achieve both high performance on ice and wear resistance of a tire. Moreover, an object of this invention is to provide the tire tread and tire which are excellent in both on-ice performance and abrasion resistance.
  • the gist configuration of the present invention for solving the above problems is as follows.
  • the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is a vulcanized rubber composition, wherein the rubber component comprises a multi-component copolymer containing a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit,
  • the surface roughness of the vulcanized rubber composition is 5 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention preferably has a plurality of voids and a porosity of 10 to 80%. In this case, the on-ice performance and wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be achieved at a higher level.
  • the multi-component copolymer has a content of the conjugated diene unit of 1 to 50 mol%, a content of the non-conjugated olefin unit of 40 to 97 mol%, and the aromatic
  • the group vinyl unit content is preferably 2 to 35 mol%. In this case, the wear resistance and weather resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
  • the multi-component copolymer preferably has a melting point of 30 to 130 ° C. measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • the multi-component copolymer preferably has an endothermic peak energy measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) at 0 to 120 ° C. of 10 to 150 J / g.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • the multi-component copolymer preferably has a glass transition temperature of 0 ° C. or less as measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). In this case, the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • the multi-component copolymer preferably has a crystallinity of 0.5 to 50%. In this case, the on-ice performance and abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
  • the multi-component copolymer is preferably such that the non-conjugated olefin unit is an acyclic non-conjugated olefin unit, and the non-cyclic non-conjugated olefin unit is composed only of ethylene units. More preferably. In this case, the weather resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be improved.
  • the aromatic vinyl unit includes a styrene unit.
  • the weather resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
  • the conjugated diene unit includes a 1,3-butadiene unit and / or an isoprene unit.
  • the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
  • the content of the multi-component copolymer in the rubber component is preferably 5 to 100% by mass. In this case, the on-ice performance and abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
  • the vulcanized rubber composition preferably further contains a void introducing agent, and the void introducing agent is a foaming agent, a hydrophilic short fiber, a metal sulfate salt, a thermally expandable microcapsule. And at least one selected from the group consisting of porous cellulose particles. In this case, the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
  • the tire tread of the present invention is characterized by using the above vulcanized rubber composition. By providing the above configuration, the tire tread of the present invention is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance.
  • a tire according to the present invention includes the above-described tire tread.
  • the tire of the present invention is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance.
  • the vulcanized rubber composition which can make the performance on ice and abrasion resistance of a tire compatible on a high level can be provided. Moreover, according to this invention, the tire tread and tire which are excellent in both on-ice performance and abrasion resistance can be provided.
  • the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is a vulcanized rubber composition comprising a multi-component copolymer in which the rubber component contains a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit,
  • the surface roughness of the vulcanized rubber composition is 5 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the multi-component copolymer contained as a rubber component of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention as one of its characteristics, microcrystals in which non-conjugated olefin units are chained in the molecule collapse under high strain. There is energy dissipation due to melting energy.
  • the vulcanized rubber composition has surface roughness (unevenness), water generated from melted ice can be taken into the recesses on the surface and escaped, and a scratching effect due to surface unevenness can be obtained. The improvement on ice performance can be expected.
  • the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention includes the above-described multi-component copolymer and has a specific surface roughness (unevenness) of 5 to 100 ⁇ m, thereby improving the performance on ice when applied to a tire.
  • a specific surface roughness unevenness
  • the above-mentioned energy dissipation due to the melting energy can be effectively exhibited.
  • the contact area between the tire and the ice surface can be increased, so that the performance on ice and the wear resistance are high. It becomes possible to achieve both levels.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is required to be 5 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the surface roughness is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 15 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface roughness exceeds 100 ⁇ m, sufficient wear resistance cannot be obtained.
  • the surface roughness is preferably 90 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 80 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 70 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 60 ⁇ m or less.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is measured according to JIS B 0601 (2001).
  • the method for adjusting the surface roughness is not particularly limited, and conditions for surface roughness and the vulcanized rubber composition
  • a known technique can be used depending on the equipment to be manufactured. For example, the method of giving roughness by shaving the surface of a vulcanized rubber composition with a grinder, sputtering, etc. is mentioned.
  • a void-introducing agent such as a foaming agent, hydrophilic short fiber, sulfate metal salt, thermally expandable microcapsule, porous cellulose particles, Examples thereof include a method in which voids are provided in the vulcanized rubber composition and irregularities are formed on the surface.
  • FIG. 1 schematically shows the state of the surface when the void 20 is provided in the vulcanized rubber composition 10 of the present invention.
  • a predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition because the voids of the voids 20 exposed on the surface become concave portions.
  • the porosity of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is preferably 10 to 80%.
  • the porosity is preferably 15% or more, and more preferably 20% or more.
  • the porosity is preferably 60% or less, and more preferably 40% or less.
  • the porosity is a volume ratio (volume%) of the voids in the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention.
  • the method for measuring the porosity is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be measured using a hydrometer (ViBRA hydrometer “DMA-220” manufactured by Shinko Denshi Co., Ltd.).
  • the vulcanized rubber composition is a vulcanized rubber obtained by vulcanizing an unvulcanized rubber composition. Further, the vulcanization conditions (temperature, time) are not particularly limited, and the vulcanization treatment can be performed under arbitrary conditions according to the required performance.
  • the unvulcanized rubber composition (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “rubber composition”), which is the basis of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, will be described below.
  • the rubber composition includes a rubber component (a), and the rubber component (a) includes a multi-component copolymer (a1) containing a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) contains at least a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit, and includes a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit. It may consist of only, and can also contain another monomer unit.
  • the conjugated diene unit is a structural unit derived from a conjugated diene compound as a monomer.
  • the conjugated diene compound preferably has 4 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the conjugated diene compound include 1,3-butadiene, isoprene, 1,3-pentadiene, 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene and the like.
  • the conjugated diene compound may be a single kind or a combination of two or more kinds.
  • the conjugated diene compound as a monomer of the multi-component copolymer is 1, 3 from the viewpoint of effectively improving the wear resistance of a vulcanized rubber composition or a tire using the obtained multi-component copolymer.
  • the -It preferably contains butadiene and / or isoprene, more preferably consists only of 1,3-butadiene and / or isoprene, and more preferably consists only of 1,3-butadiene.
  • the conjugated diene unit in the multi-component copolymer preferably contains 1,3-butadiene units and / or isoprene units, and more preferably consists only of 1,3-butadiene units and / or isoprene units. Preferably, it consists of only 1,3-butadiene units.
  • the content of the conjugated diene unit is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, and preferably 50 mol% or less, % Or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, even more preferably 25 mol% or less, and even more preferably 15 mol% or less.
  • the content of the conjugated diene unit is 1 mol% or more of the whole multi-component copolymer, a vulcanized rubber composition and a rubber product excellent in elongation can be obtained, and when it is 50 mol% or less, weather resistance is excellent.
  • the content of the conjugated diene unit is preferably in the range of 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 40 mol%, based on the whole multi-component copolymer.
  • the non-conjugated olefin unit is a structural unit derived from a non-conjugated olefin compound as a monomer.
  • the non-conjugated olefin compound preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of such non-conjugated olefin compounds include ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene and other ⁇ -olefins, vinyl pivalate, 1-phenylthioethene.
  • heteroatom-substituted alkene compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone.
  • the non-conjugated olefin compound may be a single kind or a combination of two or more kinds.
  • the non-conjugated olefin compound as a monomer of the multi-component copolymer further reduces the crystallinity of the resulting multi-component copolymer, and weather resistance of vulcanized rubber compositions and tires using such a multi-component copolymer.
  • it is preferably an acyclic non-conjugated olefin compound, and the acyclic non-conjugated olefin compound is more preferably an ⁇ -olefin, which is an ⁇ -olefin containing ethylene.
  • the non-conjugated olefin unit in the multi-component copolymer is preferably an acyclic non-conjugated olefin unit, and the acyclic non-conjugated olefin unit is preferably an ⁇ -olefin unit. More preferably, it is more preferably an ⁇ -olefin unit containing an ethylene unit, and further preferably only an ethylene unit.
  • the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 45 mol% or more, and even more preferably 55 mol% or more, It is particularly preferably 60 mol% or more, more preferably 97 mol% or less, still more preferably 95 mol% or less, and even more preferably 90 mol% or less.
  • the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is 40 mol% or more of the entire multi-polymer, the content of the conjugated diene unit or the aromatic vinyl unit is decreased as a result, and the weather resistance is improved or the resistance at room temperature is increased.
  • Breakability (particularly, breaking strength (Tb)) is improved.
  • the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is 97 mol% or less, the content of the conjugated diene unit or the aromatic vinyl unit increases as a result, and fracture resistance at high temperature (particularly, elongation at break (Eb)) Will improve.
  • the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is preferably in the range of 40 to 97 mol%, more preferably in the range of 45 to 95 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 55 to 90 mol% with respect to the entire multi-component copolymer.
  • the aromatic vinyl unit is a structural unit derived from an aromatic vinyl compound as a monomer.
  • the aromatic vinyl compound preferably has 8 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of such aromatic vinyl compounds include styrene, o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, o, p-dimethylstyrene, o-ethylstyrene, m-ethylstyrene, p-ethylstyrene, and the like.
  • the aromatic vinyl compound may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the aromatic vinyl compound as a monomer of the multi-component copolymer further reduces the crystallinity of the resulting multi-component copolymer, and weather resistance of vulcanized rubber compositions and tires using such a multi-component copolymer. From the viewpoint of further improving the properties, it is preferable that styrene is included, and it is more preferable that the styrene only be included.
  • the aromatic vinyl unit in the multi-component copolymer preferably includes a styrene unit, and more preferably includes only a styrene unit.
  • the aromatic ring in the aromatic vinyl unit is not included in the main chain of the multi-component copolymer unless it is bonded to an adjacent unit.
  • the content of the aromatic vinyl unit is preferably 2 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, and preferably 35 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 30 mol% or less, and further more preferably 25 mol% or less.
  • the content of the aromatic vinyl unit is 2 mol% or more, the fracture resistance at high temperatures is improved.
  • the effect by a conjugated diene unit and a nonconjugated olefin unit becomes remarkable as content of an aromatic vinyl unit is 35 mol% or less.
  • the content of the aromatic vinyl unit is preferably in the range of 2 to 35 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 30 mol%, still more preferably in the range of 3 to 25 mol% with respect to the entire multi-component copolymer.
  • the number of types of monomers of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is not particularly limited as long as the multi-component copolymer contains a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) may have other structural units other than the conjugated diene unit, the non-conjugated olefin unit, and the aromatic vinyl unit, but the content of the other structural unit is desired. From the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the above, it is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, still more preferably 10 mol% or less, and not contained, that is, the content of the entire multi-component copolymer. Is particularly preferably 0 mol%.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) has a kind of conjugated diene compound, a kind of non-conjugated olefin compound, and a kind of aromatic as a monomer from the viewpoint of preferable wear resistance, weather resistance and crystallinity.
  • a polymer obtained by polymerization using at least a vinyl compound is preferable.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) is preferably a multi-component copolymer containing one kind of conjugated diene unit, one kind of non-conjugated olefin unit, and one kind of aromatic vinyl unit.
  • it is a terpolymer comprising only a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and a single aromatic vinyl unit, and is composed only of a 1,3-butadiene unit, an ethylene unit, and a styrene unit. More preferably, it is a terpolymer.
  • the “one type of conjugated diene unit” includes conjugated diene units having different bonding modes.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) has a content of the conjugated diene unit of 1 to 50 mol%, a content of the non-conjugated olefin unit of 40 to 97 mol%, and a content of the aromatic vinyl unit.
  • the amount is preferably 2 to 35 mol%.
  • the abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved, and the weather resistance is also improved.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 10,000 to 10,000,000, more preferably 100,000 to 9,000,000. 150,000 to 8,000,000 is more preferable.
  • Mw polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) of 10,000 to 10,000,000, more preferably 50,000 to 9,000,000. More preferably, it is 100,000 to 8,000,000.
  • Mn polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight
  • the Mn of the multi-component copolymer is 10,000 or more, the mechanical strength of the vulcanized rubber composition can be sufficiently secured, and the Mn is 10,000,000 or less. High workability can be maintained.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a molecular weight distribution [Mw / Mn (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight)] of 1.00 to 4.00, preferably 1.50 to 3.50. Is more preferable, and is more preferably 1.80 to 3.00. If the molecular weight distribution of the multi-component copolymer is 4.00 or less, sufficient homogeneity can be brought about in the physical properties of the multi-component copolymer.
  • Mw / Mn weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • Mw / Mn molecular weight distribution
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a melting point measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) of 30 to 130 ° C., more preferably 30 to 110 ° C. If the melting point of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 30 ° C. or higher, the crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is increased, the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved, and 130 ° C. or lower. If so, the performance on ice is further improved.
  • fusing point is the value measured by the method as described in an Example.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has an endothermic peak energy measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) at 0 to 120 ° C. of 10 to 150 J / g, preferably 30 to 120 J / g. Is more preferable. If the endothermic peak energy of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 10 J / g or more, the crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is increased, and the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved. If it is 150 J / g or less, the performance on ice will further improve.
  • the endothermic peak energy is a value measured by the method described in Examples.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a glass transition temperature (Tg) measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) of 0 ° C. or lower, more preferably ⁇ 100 to ⁇ 10 ° C. .
  • Tg glass transition temperature measured by a differential scanning calorimeter
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • the glass transition temperature of the multi-component copolymer (A1) is 0 ° C. or lower, the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved.
  • the said glass transition temperature is the value measured by the method as described in an Example.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a crystallinity of 0.5 to 50%, more preferably 3 to 45%, and even more preferably 5 to 45%. .
  • the degree of crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 0.5% or more, sufficient crystallinity due to the non-conjugated olefin unit is secured, and the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved.
  • the crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 50% or less, the workability during kneading of the rubber composition is improved, and the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition is also improved.
  • the crystallinity is a value measured by the method described in Examples.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a main chain consisting only of an acyclic structure. This is because the wear resistance can be further improved.
  • NMR is used as a main measuring means for confirming whether or not the main chain of the copolymer has a cyclic structure. Specifically, when a peak derived from a cyclic structure existing in the main chain (for example, a peak appearing at 10 to 24 ppm for a three-membered ring to a five-membered ring) is not observed, the main chain of the copolymer is It shows that it consists only of an acyclic structure.
  • the multi-component copolymer (a1) can be produced through a polymerization process using a conjugated diene compound, a non-conjugated olefin compound, and an aromatic vinyl compound as monomers, and, if necessary, a coupling process. , A cleaning process, and other processes may be performed.
  • the reactivity of the conjugated diene compound is higher than that of the non-conjugated olefin compound and the aromatic vinyl compound, so that the non-conjugated olefin compound and / or the aromatic compound is present in the presence of the conjugated diene compound. It is difficult to polymerize the group vinyl compound. In addition, it is easy to polymerize the conjugated diene compound first, and then additionally polymerize the non-conjugated olefin compound and the aromatic vinyl compound later due to the characteristics of the catalyst.
  • any method such as a solution polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, a liquid phase bulk polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a gas phase polymerization method, and a solid phase polymerization method can be used.
  • a solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert in the polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include toluene, cyclohexane, and normal hexane.
  • the polymerization process may be performed in one stage, or may be performed in two or more stages.
  • the one-step polymerization process means all kinds of monomers to be polymerized, that is, conjugated diene compounds, non-conjugated olefin compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds, and other monomers, preferably conjugated diene compounds, non-conjugated.
  • the olefin compound and the aromatic vinyl compound are polymerized by reacting simultaneously.
  • the multi-stage polymerization process means that a polymer is formed by first reacting part or all of one or two kinds of monomers (first polymerization stage), and then the remaining kinds of monomers.
  • a step of polymerizing by performing one or more stages (second polymerization stage to final polymerization stage) in which the remainder of the one or two kinds of monomers is added and polymerized.
  • second polymerization stage to final polymerization stage in which the remainder of the one or two kinds of monomers is added and polymerized.
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen gas or argon gas.
  • the polymerization temperature of the polymerization reaction is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of ⁇ 100 ° C. to 200 ° C., for example, and can be about room temperature.
  • the pressure for the polymerization reaction is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10.0 MPa in order to sufficiently incorporate the conjugated diene compound into the polymerization reaction system.
  • the reaction time of the above polymerization reaction is not particularly limited and is preferably in the range of, for example, 1 second to 10 days, but can be appropriately selected depending on conditions such as the type of polymerization catalyst and polymerization temperature.
  • the polymerization may be stopped using a polymerization terminator such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol or the like.
  • the polymerization process is preferably performed in multiple stages. More preferably, a first step of obtaining a polymerization mixture by mixing a first monomer raw material containing at least an aromatic vinyl compound and a polymerization catalyst, and a conjugated diene compound, a non-conjugated olefin compound, and It is preferable to carry out the second step of introducing the second monomer raw material containing at least one selected from the group consisting of aromatic vinyl compounds. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the first monomer raw material does not contain a conjugated diene compound, and the second monomer raw material contains a conjugated diene compound.
  • the first monomer raw material used in the first step may contain a non-conjugated olefin compound together with the aromatic vinyl compound. Moreover, the 1st monomer raw material may contain the whole quantity of the aromatic vinyl compound to be used, and may contain only one part.
  • the non-conjugated olefin compound is contained in at least one of the first monomer raw material and the second monomer raw material.
  • the first step is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen gas or argon gas, in the reactor.
  • the temperature (reaction temperature) in the first step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of ⁇ 100 ° C. to 200 ° C., for example, and can be about room temperature.
  • the pressure in the first step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10.0 MPa in order to sufficiently incorporate the aromatic vinyl compound into the polymerization reaction system.
  • the time spent in the first step can be appropriately selected depending on conditions such as the type of polymerization catalyst and reaction temperature. For example, when the reaction temperature is 25 to 80 ° C., 5 minutes A range of ⁇ 500 minutes is preferred.
  • the polymerization method for obtaining the polymerization mixture may be any method such as a solution polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, a liquid phase bulk polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a gas phase polymerization method, and a solid phase polymerization method. Can be used. Further, when a solvent is used for the polymerization reaction, such a solvent may be any inactive in the polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include toluene, cyclohexanone, normal hexane and the like.
  • the second monomer raw material used in the second step is a conjugated diene compound only, or a conjugated diene compound and a non-conjugated olefin compound, or a conjugated diene compound and an aromatic vinyl compound, or a conjugated diene compound or a non-conjugated olefin. It is preferable that they are a compound and an aromatic vinyl compound.
  • the second monomer raw material includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a non-conjugated olefin compound and an aromatic vinyl compound in addition to the conjugated diene compound, these monomer raw materials are preliminarily used as a solvent or the like.
  • each monomer raw material may be introduced into the polymerization mixture, or each monomer raw material may be introduced from a single state. Moreover, each monomer raw material may be added simultaneously, and may be added sequentially.
  • the method for introducing the second monomer raw material into the polymerization mixture is not particularly limited, but it is continuously added to the polymerization mixture by controlling the flow rate of each monomer raw material. It is preferable to perform (so-called metering).
  • a monomer raw material that is a gas under the conditions of the polymerization reaction system for example, ethylene as a non-conjugated olefin compound under the conditions of room temperature and atmospheric pressure
  • the polymerization reaction system is used at a predetermined pressure. Can be introduced.
  • the second step is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen gas or argon gas, in the reactor.
  • the temperature (reaction temperature) in the second step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of ⁇ 100 ° C. to 200 ° C., for example, and can be about room temperature. When the reaction temperature is raised, the selectivity of cis-1,4 bond in the conjugated diene unit may be lowered.
  • the pressure in the second step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10.0 MPa in order to sufficiently incorporate monomers such as a conjugated diene compound into the polymerization reaction system.
  • reaction time can be appropriately selected depending on conditions such as the type of polymerization catalyst and reaction temperature, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 hour to 10 days, for example.
  • the polymerization reaction may be stopped using a polymerization terminator such as methanol, ethanol, or isopropanol.
  • the polymerization step of the non-conjugated olefin compound, aromatic vinyl compound, and conjugated diene compound preferably includes a step of polymerizing various monomers in the presence of the catalyst component described below.
  • the catalyst component include components (A) to (F).
  • One or more of each component can be used, and a combination of two or more of the following components (A) to (F) More preferably, it is used as a product.
  • components (A) to (F) will be described in detail.
  • Examples of the rare earth element compound or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base include a rare earth element compound having a rare earth element-carbon bond, or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base (hereinafter referred to as a rare earth element compound).
  • component (A-1) a rare earth element compound having no rare earth element-carbon bond, or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base
  • component (A-2) Say).
  • the rare earth element compound or reactant having a rare earth element-carbon bond As the component (A-1), for example, the following general formula (I): (wherein M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, Cp R each independently represents an unsubstituted or substituted indenyl group, and R a to R f each independently represents an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium
  • Cp R each independently represents an unsubstituted or substituted indenyl group
  • X ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group.
  • M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium
  • Cp R ′ represents unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl, indenyl or fluorenyl
  • X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group or a thiolate group.
  • Cp R in the formula is unsubstituted indenyl or substituted indenyl.
  • Cp R having an indenyl ring as a basic skeleton can be represented by C 9 H 7-x R x or C 9 H 11-x R x .
  • X is an integer of 0 to 7 or 0 to 11.
  • each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8.
  • hydrocarbyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group.
  • examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same.
  • Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
  • substituted indenyl examples include 2-phenylindenyl, 2-methylindenyl and the like. Note that the two Cp Rs in the general formulas (I) and (II) may be the same or different from each other.
  • Cp R ′ in the formula is unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl, indenyl or fluorenyl, and among these, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl It is preferable that
  • Cp R ′ having the cyclopentadienyl ring as a basic skeleton is represented by C 5 H 5-x R x .
  • X is an integer of 0 to 5.
  • each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8.
  • Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group.
  • examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same.
  • Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
  • Specific examples of Cp R ′ having a cyclopentadienyl ring as a basic skeleton include the following. (In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group.)
  • Cp R ′ having the indenyl ring as a basic skeleton is defined in the same manner as Cp R in the general formulas (I) and (II), and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
  • Cp R ′ having the fluorenyl ring as a basic skeleton can be represented by C 13 H 9-x R x or C 13 H 17-x R x .
  • X is an integer of 0 to 9 or 0 to 17.
  • each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8.
  • Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group.
  • examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same.
  • Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
  • the central metal M in the general formulas (I), (II) and (III) is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium.
  • the lanthanoid elements include 15 elements having atomic numbers of 57 to 71, and any of these may be used.
  • Preferred examples of the central metal M include samarium Sm, neodymium Nd, praseodymium Pr, gadolinium Gd, cerium Ce, holmium Ho, scandium Sc, and yttrium Y.
  • the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (I) includes a silylamide ligand [—N (SiR 3 ) 2 ].
  • the R groups contained in the silylamide ligand (R a to R f in the general formula (I)) are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom.
  • at least one of R a to R f is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group.
  • the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (II) contains a silyl ligand [—SiX ′ 3 ].
  • X ′ contained in the silyl ligand [—SiX ′ 3 ] is a group defined in the same manner as X in the general formula (III) described below, and preferred groups are also the same.
  • X is a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group, a silyl group, and a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the halogen atom represented by X may be any of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, but is preferably a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
  • the alkoxy group represented by X is an aliphatic alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, or a tert-butoxy group; a phenoxy group 2,6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group, 2,6-diisopropylphenoxy group, 2,6-dineopentylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6 Examples include aryloxy groups such as -neopentylphenoxy group and 2-isopropyl-6-neopentylphenoxy group. Among these, 2,6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group is preferable.
  • the thiolate group represented by X includes a thiomethoxy group, a thioethoxy group, a thiopropoxy group, a thio n-butoxy group, a thioisobutoxy group, a thiosec-butoxy group, a thiotert-butoxy group and the like Group thiolate group; thiophenoxy group, 2,6-di-tert-butylthiophenoxy group, 2,6-diisopropylthiophenoxy group, 2,6-dineopentylthiophenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropyl Arylthiolate groups such as thiophenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-thioneopentylphenoxy group, 2-isopropyl-6-thioneopentylphenoxy group, 2,4,6-triisopropylthiophenoxy group, etc.
  • the amino group represented by X is an aliphatic amino group such as a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group or a diisopropylamino group; a phenylamino group, a 2,6-di-tert-butylphenylamino group, 2 , 6-diisopropylphenylamino group, 2,6-dineopentylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, 2-isopropyl-
  • arylamino groups such as 6-neopentylphenylamino group and 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenylamino group
  • bistrialkylsilylamino groups such as bistrimethylsilylamin
  • examples of the silyl group represented by X include trimethylsilyl group, tris (trimethylsilyl) silyl group, bis (trimethylsilyl) methylsilyl group, trimethylsilyl (dimethyl) silyl group, triisopropylsilyl (bistrimethylsilyl) silyl group, and the like.
  • a tris (trimethylsilyl) silyl group is preferable.
  • X is preferably a bistrimethylsilylamino group or
  • the non-coordinating anion represented by, for example, a tetravalent boron anion.
  • tetravalent boron anion include tetraphenyl borate, tetrakis (monofluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (difluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (trifluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis ( Pentafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluoromethylphenyl) borate, tetra (tolyl) borate, tetra (xylyl) borate, (triphenyl, pentafluorophenyl) borate, [tris (pentafluorophenyl), phenyl] borate, tri Decahydride-7,8-dica
  • the metallocene complex represented by the above general formulas (I) and (II) and the half metallocene cation complex represented by the above general formula (III) may further have 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 1, neutral Lewis Contains base L.
  • examples of the neutral Lewis base L include tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethylaniline, trimethylphosphine, lithium chloride, neutral olefins, neutral diolefins, and the like.
  • the neutral Lewis bases L may be the same or different.
  • metallocene complex represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) and the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) may exist as a monomer, or a dimer. Or it may exist as a multimer more than that.
  • the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (I) includes, for example, a lanthanoid trishalide, scandium trishalide or yttrium trishalide in a solvent, an indenyl salt (for example, potassium salt or lithium salt) and bis (trialkylsilyl). It can be obtained by reacting with an amine salt (for example, potassium salt or lithium salt). In addition, since reaction temperature should just be about room temperature, it can manufacture on mild conditions. The reaction time is arbitrary, but is about several hours to several tens of hours.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that dissolves the raw material and the product. For example, toluene may be used. Below, the reaction example for obtaining the metallocene complex represented by general formula (I) is shown. (In the formula, X ′′ represents a halide.)
  • the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (II) includes, for example, a lanthanoid trishalide, scandium trishalide or yttrium trishalide in a solvent, an indenyl salt (for example, potassium salt or lithium salt), and a silyl salt (for example, potassium). Salt or lithium salt).
  • reaction temperature should just be about room temperature, it can manufacture on mild conditions.
  • the reaction time is arbitrary, but it is about several hours to several tens of hours.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that dissolves the raw material and the product. For example, toluene may be used.
  • the example of reaction for obtaining the metallocene complex represented by general formula (II) is shown. (In the formula, X ′′ represents a halide.)
  • the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) can be obtained, for example, by the following reaction.
  • M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, and Cp R ′ independently represents unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl, indenyl or fluorenyl.
  • X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group, a silyl group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • L represents a neutral Lewis base
  • w is An integer from 0 to 3 is shown.
  • [A] + [B] ⁇ [A] + represents a cation
  • [B] ⁇ represents a non-coordinating anion.
  • Examples of the cation represented by + include a carbonium cation, an oxonium cation, an amine cation, a phosphonium cation, a cycloheptatrienyl cation, and a ferrocenium cation having a transition metal.
  • Examples of the carbonium cation include trisubstituted carbonium cations such as a triphenylcarbonium cation and a tri (substituted phenyl) carbonium cation.
  • the tri (substituted phenyl) carbonyl cation specifically, tri (methylphenyl) ) Carbonium cation and the like.
  • amine cations include trialkylammonium cations such as trimethylammonium cation, triethylammonium cation, tripropylammonium cation, and tributylammonium cation; N, N-dimethylanilinium cation, N, N-diethylanilinium cation, N, N— N, N-dialkylanilinium cations such as 2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium cation; dialkylammonium cations such as diisopropylammonium cation and dicyclohexylammonium cation.
  • trialkylammonium cations such as trimethylammonium cation, triethylammonium cation, tripropylammonium cation, and tributylammonium cation
  • Examples of the phosphonium cation include triarylphosphonium cations such as triphenylphosphonium cation, tri (methylphenyl) phosphonium cation, and tri (dimethylphenyl) phosphonium cation.
  • triarylphosphonium cations such as triphenylphosphonium cation, tri (methylphenyl) phosphonium cation, and tri (dimethylphenyl) phosphonium cation.
  • N, N-dialkylanilinium cation or carbonium cation is preferable, and N, N-dialkylanilinium cation is particularly preferable.
  • the ionic compound represented by the general formula [A] + [B] ⁇ used in the above reaction is a compound selected and combined from the above non-coordinating anions and cations, and is an N, N-dimethylaniline. Preference is given to nium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, triphenylcarbonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate and the like.
  • the ionic compound represented by the general formula [A] + [B] ⁇ is preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 10 times mol, more preferably about 1 time mol based on the metallocene complex.
  • the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) may be provided as it is in the polymerization reaction system, or compounds of the general formula represented by the general formula (IV) used in the reaction [a] + [B] - provides separately into the polymerization reaction system an ionic compound represented by the general formula in the reaction system (III You may form the half metallocene cation complex represented by this.
  • a half metallocene cation complex represented by (III) can also be formed.
  • the structures of the metallocene complexes represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) and the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) are preferably determined by X-ray structural analysis. Furthermore, as another (A-1) component, The following general formula (V): R a MX b QY b (V) (In the formula, each R independently represents unsubstituted or substituted indenyl, the R is coordinated to M, M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, and each X independently represents carbon.
  • 1 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20, wherein X is ⁇ -coordinated to M and Q, Q represents a group 13 element of the periodic table, and Y represents each independently a carbon number 1 to 20 monovalent hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms, wherein Y is coordinated to Q, and a and b are 2).
  • metallocene composite catalyst In a preferred example of the metallocene composite catalyst, the following general formula (VI): (In the formula, M 1 represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, Cp R independently represents an unsubstituted or substituted indenyl group, and R A and R B each independently represents a group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R A and R B are ⁇ -coordinated to M 1 and Al, and R C and R D each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom.
  • the metallocene composite catalyst for example, a catalyst previously combined with an aluminum catalyst, it is possible to reduce or eliminate the amount of alkylaluminum used during the synthesis of the multi-component copolymer.
  • a conventional catalyst system it is necessary to use a large amount of alkylaluminum at the time of synthesizing the multi-component copolymer.
  • an alkylaluminum of 10 molar equivalents or more with respect to the metal catalyst it is necessary to use an alkylaluminum of 10 molar equivalents or more with respect to the metal catalyst.
  • the metallocene composite catalyst it is excellent by adding about 5 molar equivalents of alkylaluminum. Catalysis is exerted.
  • the metal M in the general formula (V) is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium.
  • the lanthanoid elements include 15 elements having atomic numbers of 57 to 71, and any of these may be used.
  • Preferred examples of the metal M include samarium Sm, neodymium Nd, praseodymium Pr, gadolinium Gd, cerium Ce, holmium Ho, scandium Sc, and yttrium Y.
  • each R is independently an unsubstituted indenyl or a substituted indenyl, and the R is coordinated to the metal M.
  • substituted indenyl include, for example, 1,2,3-trimethylindenyl group, heptamethylindenyl group, 1,2,4,5,6,7-hexamethylindenyl group, and the like.
  • Q represents a group 13 element in the periodic table, and specific examples include boron, aluminum, gallium, indium, thallium and the like.
  • each X independently represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and X is ⁇ -coordinated to M and Q.
  • the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
  • the ⁇ coordination is a coordination mode having a crosslinked structure.
  • each Y independently represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom, and the Y is coordinated to Q.
  • the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
  • the metal M 1 is a lanthanoid element, scandium, or yttrium.
  • the lanthanoid elements include 15 elements having atomic numbers of 57 to 71, and any of these may be used.
  • Preferable examples of the metal M 1 include samarium Sm, neodymium Nd, praseodymium Pr, gadolinium Gd, cerium Ce, holmium Ho, scandium Sc, and yttrium Y.
  • Cp R is unsubstituted indenyl or substituted indenyl.
  • Cp R having an indenyl ring as a basic skeleton can be represented by C 9 H 7X R X or C 9 H 11X R X.
  • X is an integer of 0 to 7 or 0 to 11.
  • each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8.
  • Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group.
  • examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same.
  • Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
  • Specific examples of the substituted indenyl include 2-phenylindenyl, 2-methylindenyl and the like.
  • the two Cp R in the formula (VI) may each be the same or different from each other.
  • R A and R B each independently represent a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and R A and R B are ⁇ -coordinated to M 1 and Al. is doing.
  • the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, and a tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
  • the ⁇ coordination is a coordination mode having a crosslinked structure.
  • R C and R D are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom.
  • the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, and a tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
  • the metallocene composite catalyst is, for example, in a solvent in the following general formula (VII):
  • M 2 represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium
  • Cp R independently represents unsubstituted or substituted indenyl
  • R E to R J each independently represents 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • L represents a neutral Lewis base
  • w represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • a metallocene complex represented by AlR K R L R M Obtained by reacting with since reaction temperature should just be about room temperature, it can manufacture on mild conditions.
  • the reaction time is arbitrary, but it is about several hours to several tens of hours.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that dissolves the raw material and the product.
  • a solvent that dissolves the raw material and the product For example, toluene or hexane may be used.
  • the structure of the metallocene composite catalyst is preferably determined by 1 H- NMR or X-ray structural analysis.
  • Cp R is unsubstituted indenyl or substituted indenyl, and has the same meaning as Cp R in the general formula (VI).
  • the metal M 2 is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, and has the same meaning as the metal M 1 in the formula (VI).
  • the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (VII) includes a silylamide ligand [—N (SiR 3 ) 2 ].
  • the R groups (R E to R J groups) contained in the silylamide ligand are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group.
  • the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (VII) further contains 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 1 neutral Lewis base L.
  • the neutral Lewis base L include tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethylaniline, trimethylphosphine, lithium chloride, neutral olefins, neutral diolefins, and the like.
  • the neutral Lewis bases L may be the same or different.
  • the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (VII) may exist as a monomer, or may exist as a dimer or a higher multimer.
  • the organoaluminum compound used to produce the metallocene composite catalyst is represented by AlR K R L R M , where R K and R L are each independently a monovalent carbon atom having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. hydrogen group or a hydrogen atom, R M is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, provided that, R M may be the same or different and the R K or R L.
  • Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group, tetradecyl group , Pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
  • organoaluminum compound examples include trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, tri-n-propylaluminum, triisopropylaluminum, tri-n-butylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, tri-t-butylaluminum, tripentylaluminum, tri Hexyl aluminum, tricyclohexyl aluminum, trioctyl aluminum; diethyl aluminum hydride, di-n-propyl aluminum hydride, di-n-butyl aluminum hydride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride, dihexyl aluminum hydride, diisohexyl aluminum hydride , Dioctylaluminum hydride, diisooctylaluminum hydride; ethylaluminum dihydride, n-propylaluminum Muzi hydride, isobutylaluminum dihydride and the like.
  • triethylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, hydrogenated diethylaluminum, hydrogenated diisobutylaluminum are preferred.
  • these organoaluminum compounds can be used individually by 1 type, or 2 or more types can be mixed and used for them.
  • the amount of the organoaluminum compound used for producing the metallocene composite catalyst is preferably 1 to 50 times mol, more preferably about 10 times mol to the metallocene complex.
  • the rare earth element compound or reaction product having no rare earth element-carbon bond (A-2)
  • the component is a rare earth element compound or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base, where The rare earth element compound and the reaction product of the rare earth element compound and the Lewis base do not have a bond between the rare earth element and carbon.
  • the rare earth element compound and the reactant do not have a rare earth element-carbon bond, the compound is stable and easy to handle.
  • the rare earth element compound is a rare earth element (M), that is, a lanthanoid element composed of elements having atomic numbers 57 to 71 in the periodic table, or a compound containing scandium or yttrium.
  • the lanthanoid element examples include lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium, and lutetium.
  • the said component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the rare earth element compound is preferably a rare earth metal divalent or trivalent salt or complex compound, and one or more coordinations selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom and an organic compound residue. More preferably, the rare earth element compound contains a child.
  • reaction product of the rare earth element compound or the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base is represented by the following general formula (VIII) or (IX): M 11 X 11 2 ⁇ L 11 w (VIII) M 11 X 11 3 ⁇ L 11 w (IX)
  • M11 is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium
  • X 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group, a silyl group, an aldehyde residue, ketone A residue, a carboxylic acid residue, a thiocarboxylic acid residue or a phosphorus compound residue
  • L 11 represents a Lewis base
  • w represents 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the group (ligand) bonded to the rare earth element of the rare earth element compound include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (a group in which an alcohol hydroxyl group is removed, and forms a metal alkoxide), a thiolate group ( A group obtained by removing hydrogen from a thiol group of a thiol compound and forming a metal thiolate), an amino group (a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom of ammonia, a primary amine, or a secondary amine) And forms a metal amide), silyl group, aldehyde residue, ketone residue, carboxylic acid residue, thiocarboxylic acid residue, and phosphorus compound residue.
  • the group (ligand) include a hydrogen atom; an aliphatic alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, and a tert-butoxy group; Phenoxy group, 2,6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group, 2,6-diisopropylphenoxy group, 2,6-dineopentylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl -6-neopentylphenoxy group, 2-isopropyl-6-neopentylphenoxy group; thiomethoxy group, thioethoxy group, thiopropoxy group, thio n-butoxy group, thioisobutoxy group, thiosec-butoxy group, thiotert-butoxy Aliphatic thiolate groups such as thiolate
  • a residue of an aldehyde such as salicylaldehyde, 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde, 2-hydroxy-3-naphthaldehyde; 2′-hydroxyacetophenone, 2′-hydroxybutyrophenone Residues of hydroxyphenone such as 2′-hydroxypropiophenone; Ketone residues (especially diketone residues) such as acetylacetone, benzoylacetone, propionylacetone, isobutylacetone, valerylacetone, ethylacetylacetone; Herbic acid, caprylic acid, octanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, naphthenic acid, ethylhexanoic acid, pivalic acid, versatic acid [shell chemistry ( Made
  • Lewis base examples include tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethylaniline, trimethylphosphine, lithium chloride, neutral olefins, neutral diolefins, and the like.
  • the Lewis base L 11 may be the same. May be different.
  • the rare earth element compound has the following general formula (X): M- (AQ 1 ) (AQ 2 ) (AQ 3 ) (X) [Wherein M is a scandium, yttrium or lanthanoid element; AQ 1 , AQ 2 and AQ 3 are functional groups which may be the same or different; A is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur; Yes; provided that it has at least one MA bond].
  • X general formula
  • the lanthanoid element is specifically lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium, and lutetium.
  • the compound is a component that can improve the catalytic activity in the reaction system, shorten the reaction time, and increase the reaction temperature.
  • gadolinium is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing catalyst activity and reaction controllability.
  • examples of the functional group represented by AQ 1 , AQ 2 and AQ 3 include an amino group. And in this case, it has three MN bonds.
  • amino group examples include aliphatic amino groups such as dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, and diisopropylamino group; phenylamino group, 2,6-di-tert-butylphenylamino group, 2,6-diisopropylphenylamino group, 2,6-dineopentylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, 2-isopropyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, Examples include arylamino groups such as 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenylamino group; bistrialkylsilylamino groups such as bistrimethylsilylamino group, and are particularly soluble in aliphatic hydrocarbons and aromatic hydrocarbons.
  • the component (A-2) can be a compound having three MN bonds, each bond is chemically equivalent, and the structure of the compound is stable. Become. Moreover, if it is set as the said structure, the catalyst activity in a reaction system can further be improved. Therefore, the reaction time can be further shortened and the reaction temperature can be further increased.
  • the rare earth element-containing compound represented by the general formula (X) (that is, M- (OQ 1 ) (OQ 2 ) (OQ 3 )) is particularly limited.
  • R may be the same or different and is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the compound (XI) or the compound (XII) described above can be preferably used because it preferably has no bond between rare earth elements and carbon.
  • the rare earth element-containing compound represented by the general formula (X) (that is, M- (SQ 1 ) (SQ 2 ) (SQ 3 )) is particularly limited.
  • R may be the same or different and is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the above-described compound (XIII) or compound (XIV) can be suitably used.
  • (B) Organometallic compound About the said (B) component, following general formula (XV): YR 1 a R 2 b R 3 c (XV) (In the formula, Y is a metal selected from Group 1, Group 2, Group 12 and Group 13 of the Periodic Table, and R 1 and R 2 are monovalent hydrocarbons having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different from each other
  • Y is a periodic rule When it is a metal selected from group 1 of the table, a is 1 and b and c are 0, and when Y is a metal selected from groups 2 and 12 of the periodic table , A and b are 1 and c is 0, and a, b and c are 1 when Y is a metal selected from Group 13 of the Periodic Table)
  • XVI AlR 1 R 2 R 3 (XVI) (In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are monovalent hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different from each other).
  • organoaluminum compound of the general formula (XVI) examples include trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, tri-n-propylaluminum, triisopropylaluminum, tri-n-butylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, tri-t-butylaluminum, and tripentyl.
  • triethylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, hydrogenated diethylaluminum, hydrogenated diisobutylaluminum are preferred.
  • the component (B) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 50 times mol, more preferably about 10 times mol to the component (A). preferable.
  • the component (C) is a compound obtained by bringing an organoaluminum compound and a condensing agent into contact with each other.
  • the catalytic activity in the polymerization reaction system can be further improved. Therefore, the reaction time can be further shortened and the reaction temperature can be further increased.
  • examples of the organoaluminum compound include trialkylaluminum such as trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, and triisobutylaluminum, and mixtures thereof. Particularly, trimethylaluminum, and a mixture of trimethylaluminum and tributylaluminum are preferable.
  • examples of the condensing agent include water.
  • component (C) examples include the following formula (XVII): -(Al (R 7 ) O) n- (XVII) (Wherein, R 7 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, wherein a portion of the hydrocarbon group may be substituted by halogen and / or alkoxy group; R 7 is between the repeating units And may be the same or different; n is 5 or more).
  • the molecular structure of the aluminoxane may be linear or cyclic.
  • N in the formula (XVII) is preferably 10 or more.
  • examples of the hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be one kind or a combination of two or more kinds.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably a combination of a methyl group and an isobutyl group.
  • the aluminoxane preferably has high solubility in aliphatic hydrocarbons, and preferably has low solubility in aromatic hydrocarbons.
  • aluminoxane marketed as a hexane solution is preferable.
  • examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon include hexane and cyclohexane.
  • the component (C) is particularly represented by the following formula (XVIII): -(Al (CH 3 ) x (iC 4 H 9 ) y O) m- (XVIII) (Wherein, x + y is 1; m is 5 or more), and may be a modified aluminoxane (hereinafter also referred to as “TMAO”).
  • TMAO modified aluminoxane
  • An example of TMAO is a product name “TMAO341” manufactured by Tosoh Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • component (C) is particularly represented by the following formula (XIX): -(Al (CH 3 ) 0.7 (iC 4 H 9 ) 0.3 O) k- (XIX) (wherein k is 5 or more) , Also referred to as “MMAO”).
  • MMAO is a product name “MMAO-3A” manufactured by Tosoh Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the component (C) is particularly represented by the following formula (XX): -[(CH 3 ) AlO] i- (XX) (Wherein i is 5 or more), a modified aluminoxane (hereinafter also referred to as “PMAO”).
  • XX -[(CH 3 ) AlO] i- (XX) (Wherein i is 5 or more), a modified aluminoxane (hereinafter also referred to as “PMAO”).
  • An example of PMAO is a product name “TMAO-211” manufactured by Tosoh Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the component (C) is preferably MMAO or TMAO among the MMAO, TMAO, and PMAO from the viewpoint of enhancing the effect of improving the catalyst activity, and particularly from the viewpoint of further enhancing the effect of improving the catalyst activity. More preferably, it is TMAO.
  • the component (C) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the catalytic activity, the component (C), when used together with the component (A), is 10 mol of aluminum in the component (C) with respect to 1 mol of the rare earth element in the component (A). It is preferably used so as to be above, more preferably used so as to be 100 mol or more, and preferably used so as to be 1000 mol or less, and used so as to be 800 mol or less. More preferably.
  • the component (D) comprises a non-coordinating anion and a cation.
  • examples of the component (D) include ionic compounds that can react with the component (A) to form a cationic transition metal compound.
  • non-coordinating anion for example, tetraphenyl borate, tetrakis (monofluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (difluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (trifluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis ( Pentafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluoromethylphenyl) borate, tetra (tolyl) borate, tetra (xylyl) borate, (triphenyl, pentafluorophenyl) borate, [tris (pentafluorophenyl), phenyl] borate, tri Decahydride-7,8-dicarboundeborate and the like can be mentioned, and among these, tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate is preferable.
  • examples of the cation include a carbonium cation, an oxonium cation, an amine cation, a phosphonium cation, a cycloheptatrienyl cation, and a ferrocenium cation having a transition metal.
  • Specific examples of the carbonium cation include trisubstituted carbonium cations such as triphenylcarbonium cation and tri (substituted phenyl) carbonium cation, and more specifically, as tri (substituted phenyl) carbonyl cation, Examples include tri (methylphenyl) carbonium cation, tri (dimethylphenyl) carbonium cation, and the like.
  • Examples of amine cations include ammonium cations. Specific examples of ammonium cations include trimethylammonium cations, triethylammonium cations, tripropylammonium cations, tributylammonium cations (for example, tri (n-butyl) ammonium cations). N, N-dimethylanilinium cation, N, N-diethylanilinium cation, N, N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium cation and the like N, N-dialkylanilinium cation; diisopropylammonium Examples thereof include dialkylammonium cations such as cations and dicyclohexylammonium cations.
  • the phosphonium cation include triarylphosphonium cations such as triphenylphosphonium cation, tri (methylphenyl) phosphonium cation, and tri (dimethylphenyl) phosphonium cation.
  • triarylphosphonium cations such as triphenylphosphonium cation, tri (methylphenyl) phosphonium cation, and tri (dimethylphenyl) phosphonium cation.
  • N, N-dialkylanilinium cation or carbonium cation is preferable, and N, N-dialkylanilinium cation is particularly preferable.
  • the ionic compound (component (D)) is preferably a compound selected and combined from the above-mentioned non-coordinating anions and cations, specifically, N, N-dimethylanilinium tetrakis (pentafluoro). Phenyl) borate, triphenylcarbonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate and the like are preferable.
  • the component (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount used is preferably 0.1 to 10 times mol and about 1 times mol to the component (A). Is more preferable.
  • the component (E) is a halogen-containing compound which is a Lewis acid (hereinafter also referred to as “(E-1) component”), a complex compound of a metal halide and a Lewis base (hereinafter referred to as “(E -2) component ”) and an organic compound containing an active halogen (hereinafter also referred to as“ component (E-3) ”), for example, the rare earth element compound or component (A) above
  • a cationic transition metal compound, a halogenated transition metal compound, or a compound in which the transition metal center is insufficiently charged can be produced.
  • halogen compound containing for example, an element of Group 3, Group 4, Group 5, Group 6, Group 8, Group 13, Group 14 or Group 15 in the Periodic Table
  • a halogen compound containing can be used.
  • aluminum halide or organometallic halide is used.
  • a halogen element chlorine or bromine is preferable.
  • halogen-containing compound that is the Lewis acid examples include methylaluminum dibromide, methylaluminum dichloride, ethylaluminum dibromide, ethylaluminum dichloride, butylaluminum dibromide, butylaluminum dichloride, dimethylaluminum bromide, dimethylaluminum chloride, Diethylaluminum bromide, diethylaluminum chloride, dibutylaluminum bromide, dibutylaluminum chloride, methylaluminum sesquibromide, methylaluminum sesquichloride, ethylaluminum sesquichloride, ethylaluminum sesquichloride, dibutyltin dichloride, aluminum tribromide, tri (pentafluorophenyl) Luminium, tri (pentafluorophenyl) borate, antimony trichloride, antimony pent
  • Examples of the metal halide constituting the component (E-2) include beryllium chloride, beryllium bromide, beryllium iodide, magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium iodide, calcium chloride, calcium bromide, calcium iodide, and chloride.
  • phosphorus compounds, carbonyl compounds, nitrogen compounds, ether compounds, alcohols and the like are preferable.
  • the Lewis base is reacted at a ratio of 0.01 to 30 mol, preferably 0.5 to 10 mol, per 1 mol of the metal halide.
  • the component (E-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the component (E-3) include benzyl chloride.
  • the component (E) can be used singly or as a mixture of two or more.
  • the amount used is preferably 0 to 5 times mol, more preferably 1 to 5 times mol relative to the component (A). preferable.
  • the cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound (component (F)) has a group selected from a cyclopentadienyl group, an indenyl group, and a fluorenyl group, and the cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound (F) is substituted or unsubstituted. It is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of cyclopentadiene, substituted or unsubstituted indene, substituted or unsubstituted fluorene.
  • the said (F) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadiene examples include cyclopentadiene, pentamethylcyclopentadiene, tetramethylcyclopentadiene, isopropylcyclopentadiene, trimethylsilyl-tetramethylcyclopentadiene, (1-benzyldimethylsilyl) cyclopenta [l] phenanthrene, and the like. Is mentioned.
  • Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted indene include indene, 2-phenyl-1H-indene, 3-benzyl-1H-indene, 3-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indene, and 3-benzyl-2-phenyl- 1H-indene, 1-benzyl-1H-indene, 1-methyl-3-dimethylbenzylsilyl-indene, 1,3-bis (t-butyldimethylsilyl) -indene, (1-benzyldimethylsilyl-3-cyclopentyl) Indene, (1-benzyl-3-t-butyldimethylsilyl) indene and the like can be mentioned, and 3-benzyl-1H-indene and 1-benzyl-1H-indene are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the molecular weight distribution.
  • substituted or unsubstituted fluorene examples include fluorene, trimethylsilylfluorene, isopropylfluorene, and the like.
  • the cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound (component (F)) is preferably a substituted cyclopentadiene, a substituted indene or a substituted fluorene, and more preferably a substituted indene.
  • examples of the substituent of the substituted cyclopentadiene, substituted indene, and substituted fluorene include a hydrocarbyl group and a metalloid group, and the hydrocarbyl group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferably 1 to 8, and more preferably.
  • Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group.
  • metalloid group metalloids include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, and silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group that the metalloid group has is the same as the above hydrocarbyl group. is there.
  • Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
  • the component (F) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the component (F) used is preferably more than 0 as a molar ratio with respect to the component (A) when used together with the component (A). More preferably, it is more preferably 1, or more, more preferably 3 or less, further preferably 2.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.2 or less.
  • Suitable catalyst compositions include the following first catalyst composition and second catalyst composition.
  • the first catalyst composition includes the component (A-1), the component (B), and the component (D), and further includes the component (C) and the component (E) as optional components. It is preferable to include one or more components.
  • the component (A-1) is a metallocene composite catalyst represented by the general formula (V)
  • the component (B) is also an optional component.
  • the second catalyst composition includes the component (A-2), the component (B), and the component (D), and further includes the component (C) and the component (E) as optional components. ) Component and at least one of the component (F). In addition, when a 2nd catalyst composition contains (F) component, catalyst activity improves.
  • the coupling step is a step of performing a reaction (coupling reaction) for modifying at least a part (for example, terminal) of the polymer chain of the multi-component copolymer obtained in the polymerization step.
  • the coupling reaction is preferably performed when the polymerization reaction reaches 100%.
  • the coupling agent used in the coupling reaction is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose.
  • a tin-containing compound such as bis (-1-octadecyl maleate) dioctyl tin (IV);
  • examples include isocyanate compounds such as 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate; alkoxysilane compounds such as glycidylpropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
  • bis (-1-octadecyl maleate) dioctyltin (IV) is preferable from the viewpoint of reaction efficiency and low gel formation.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be increased by performing a coupling reaction.
  • the washing step is a step of washing the multi-component copolymer obtained in the polymerization step.
  • the medium used for washing is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples thereof include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, and the like.
  • a catalyst derived from a Lewis acid is used as a polymerization catalyst.
  • the amount of the acid to be added is preferably 15 mol% or less with respect to the solvent. Above this, the acid remains in the copolymer, which may adversely affect the reaction during kneading and vulcanization.
  • the amount of catalyst residue in the copolymer can be suitably reduced.
  • the content of the multi-component copolymer (a1) in the rubber component (a) is preferably in the range of 5 to 100% by mass, more preferably in the range of 10 to 100% by mass, and 15 to 100% by mass. The range of is more preferable. If the content of the multi-component copolymer (a1) in the rubber component (a) is 10% by mass or more, the effect of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is sufficiently exhibited, and the abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition. The nature is further improved.
  • rubber components other than the said multicomponent copolymer (a1) in the said rubber component (a) there is no restriction
  • rubber components other than the said multicomponent copolymer (a1) in the said rubber component (a) According to the objective, it can select suitably, For example, natural rubber (NR), isoprene rubber (IR), butadiene rubber (BR), acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber (NBR), chloroprene rubber, ethylene-propylene rubber (EPM), ethylene-propylene-diene rubber (EPDM), polysulfide rubber, silicone rubber, fluorine rubber, urethane rubber Etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for them.
  • NR natural rubber
  • IR isoprene rubber
  • BR butadiene rubber
  • NBR acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber
  • the rubber composition preferably contains a void introducing agent (b) from the viewpoint of providing a plurality of voids in the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention.
  • a void introducing agent (b) from the viewpoint of providing a plurality of voids in the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention.
  • Examples of the void introducing agent (b) include foaming agents, hydrophilic short fibers, metal sulfate salts, thermally expandable microcapsules, and porous cellulose particles. Among these, it is preferable to use a foaming agent from the viewpoint of adjusting the surface roughness more reliably by adjusting the average diameter of the voids of the vulcanized rubber composition.
  • gap introducing agents (b) may be used individually by 1 type, and may mix and use 2 or more types.
  • the foaming agent when the rubber composition is vulcanized, bubbles derived from the foaming agent are formed in the vulcanized rubber composition, voids are provided in the vulcanized rubber composition, and the vulcanized rubber composition Since a predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the object surface, the on-ice performance of the tire can be further improved.
  • blowing agent examples include azodicarbonamide (ADCA), dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine (DNPT), dinitrosopentastyrenetetramine, benzenesulfonyl hydrazide derivative, p, p'-oxybisbenzenesulfonylhydrazide (OBSH), ammonium bicarbonate.
  • ADCA azodicarbonamide
  • DNPT dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine
  • OBSH p'-oxybisbenzenesulfonylhydrazide
  • DNPT dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine
  • the blending amount of the foaming agent is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. If the content of the foaming agent is 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), the air gap can be sufficiently formed and the on-ice performance of the tire can be further improved. Since the distortion at the time of receiving becomes large and the effect of the above-mentioned multi-component copolymer (a1) becomes large, the wear resistance of the tire can be further improved. Further, if the content of the foaming agent is 50 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), the foamed rubber to be generated has sufficient strength, so that the wear resistance of the tire is further improved. And a sufficient ground contact area can be secured. * Please add 0.5 to 30 parts by weight ⁇ 1 to 20 parts by weight as the preferred range of the amount.
  • urea, zinc stearate, zinc benzenesulfinate, zinc white, etc. are used in combination with the foaming agent.
  • foaming aids may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the blending amount of the foaming aid is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • a gas generated from a foaming agent or the like during the vulcanization of the rubber composition enters the inside of the hydrophilic short fibers and has a shape (void) having a shape corresponding to the shape of the hydrophilic short fibers. Since a predetermined surface roughness (unevenness) can be formed on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition, the on-ice performance of the tire can be further improved. Moreover, the surface of the concave portion on the surface is made hydrophilic by being covered with a resin derived from hydrophilic short fibers.
  • a vulcanized rubber composition comprising a rubber composition containing hydrophilic short fibers and a foaming agent
  • the wall surface of the recess is exposed on the tread surface, so the affinity with water is improved and the recess is Water can be actively taken in, the tire has excellent drainage properties, and the on-ice performance of the tire can be greatly improved.
  • hydrophilic resin used as a raw material for the hydrophilic short fibers include resins having a hydrophilic group in the molecule.
  • a resin containing at least one selected from an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom is preferable.
  • —OH, —COOH, —OCOR R is an alkyl group
  • a resin containing at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of —NCO and —SH are preferable.
  • ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, vinyl alcohol homopolymer, poly (meth) acrylic acid or its ester polyethylene glycol, carboxyvinyl copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl pyrrolidone-acetic acid
  • vinyl copolymer and mercaptoethanol examples thereof include a vinyl copolymer and mercaptoethanol.
  • an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a vinyl alcohol homopolymer, and poly (meth) acrylic acid are preferable, and an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer is particularly preferable.
  • the affinity between the hydrophilic layer and the rubber component (a) is good while effectively maintaining the affinity of the hydrophilic short fiber with water. Dispersibility in a) is improved.
  • the low melting point resin melts at the time of vulcanization to form a coating layer having fluidity, thereby contributing to adhesion between the rubber component (a) and the hydrophilic short fiber, and good drainage and durability. It is possible to easily realize a tire imparted with characteristics.
  • the thickness of the coating layer may vary depending on the blending amount and average diameter of the hydrophilic short fibers, but is usually 0.001 to 10 ⁇ m, preferably 0.001 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the melting point of the low melting point resin used for the coating layer is preferably lower than the maximum temperature for vulcanization of the rubber composition.
  • the maximum temperature for vulcanization means the maximum temperature that the rubber composition reaches when vulcanizing the rubber composition. For example, in the case of mold vulcanization, it means the maximum temperature that the rubber composition reaches from the time when the rubber composition enters the mold to the time when the rubber composition exits the mold and cools. It can be measured by embedding a thermocouple in the rubber composition.
  • the upper limit of the melting point of the low-melting resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably selected in consideration of the above points. Generally, it is 10 ° C. lower than the maximum vulcanization temperature of the rubber composition. Is preferable, and it is more preferably lower by 20 ° C. or more.
  • the industrial vulcanization temperature of the rubber composition is generally about 190 ° C. at the maximum. For example, when the maximum vulcanization temperature is set to 190 ° C., the low melting point resin The melting point is usually selected within a range of less than 190 ° C, preferably 180 ° C or less, and more preferably 170 ° C or less.
  • the low melting point resin is preferably a polyolefin resin, and examples include polyethylene, polypropylene, polybutene, polystyrene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, ethylene- Examples thereof include propylene-diene terpolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, and ionomer resins thereof.
  • the content of the hydrophilic short fibers is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the rubber components.
  • the metal sulfate when the vulcanized rubber composition is used for a tire, it dissolves upon contact with snow and ice, and can form a plurality of voids on the surface of the tire tread. A predetermined surface roughness can be formed. When the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition has roughness (unevenness), excellent drainage properties are imparted to the tire, and the on-ice performance of the tire can be greatly improved.
  • the metal of the sulfate metal salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkali metal and / or an alkaline earth metal from the viewpoint of reliably dissolving at the time of contact with an icy and snowy road surface, for example, potassium,
  • alkali metal and / or an alkaline earth metal from the viewpoint of reliably dissolving at the time of contact with an icy and snowy road surface
  • potassium examples include magnesium, calcium, and barium.
  • the content of the metal sulfate salt is preferably in the range of 5 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 10 to 35 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the rubber component (a).
  • the thermally expandable microcapsule has a property of being vaporized or expanded by heat.
  • a plurality of voids can be formed inside the vulcanized rubber composition.
  • a predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition. Since the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition has roughness (unevenness), the affinity with water is improved, and the recesses on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition can actively take in water. Excellent drainage is imparted and the on-ice performance of the tire can be greatly improved.
  • the thermally expandable microcapsule has a configuration in which a thermally expandable substance is encapsulated in a shell material formed of a thermoplastic resin.
  • the shell material of the thermally expandable microcapsule can be formed of a nitrile polymer.
  • the thermally expandable substance encapsulated in the shell of the microcapsule has a property of being vaporized or expanded by heat. For example, at least one selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbons such as isoalkane and normal alkane is exemplified. Is done.
  • isoalkanes examples include isobutane, isopentane, 2-methylpentane, 2-methylhexane, 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, etc.
  • normal alkanes include n-butane, n-propane, n-hexane, Examples thereof include n-heptane and n-octane.
  • These hydrocarbons may be used alone or in combination.
  • a hydrocarbon which is liquid at room temperature and dissolved in hydrocarbon at room temperature is preferable. By using such a mixture of hydrocarbons, a sufficient expansion force can be obtained from the low temperature region to the high temperature region in the vulcanization molding temperature range (150 ° C.
  • heat-expandable microcapsules examples include trade names “EXPANCEL 091DU-80” and “EXPANEL 092DU-120” manufactured by Expancel, Sweden, or trade names “Matsumoto Micro, manufactured by Matsumoto Yushi Seiyaku Co., Ltd. "Sphere F-85D” or “Matsumoto Microsphere F-100D” can be used.
  • the amount of the thermally expandable microcapsule is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the rubber component (a). By keeping the blending amount of the thermally expandable microcapsules within the above range, a good balance between performance on ice and wear resistance can be achieved.
  • the porous cellulose particles have voids inside and can be provided in the vulcanized rubber composition so that a plurality of voids can be provided in the vulcanized rubber composition.
  • a predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the object surface.
  • the porous cellulose particles refer to cellulose particles having a porous structure with a porosity of 75 to 95%.
  • the porosity is more preferably 80 to 90%.
  • the particle size of the porous cellulose particles is not particularly limited, but those having an average particle size of 1000 ⁇ m or less are preferably used from the viewpoint of wear resistance. Although the minimum of an average particle diameter is not specifically limited, It is preferable that it is 5 micrometers or more. The average particle diameter is more preferably 100 to 800 ⁇ m, and further preferably 200 to 800 ⁇ m.
  • porous cellulose particles spherical particles having a major axis / minor axis ratio of 1 to 2 are preferably used.
  • the ratio of major axis / minor axis is more preferably 1.0 to 1.5.
  • the average particle diameter of the porous cellulose particles and the ratio of major axis / minor axis can be obtained, for example, from an image obtained by observing the porous cellulose particles with a microscope.
  • the major axis and minor axis of the particles are measured for 100 particles, and the average value is calculated.
  • the average particle diameter can be obtained, and the ratio of the major axis / minor axis can be obtained by the average value obtained by dividing the major axis by the minor axis.
  • Such porous cellulose particles are commercially available, for example, as “Visco Pearl” from Rengo Co., and are described in JP-A No. 2001-323095 and JP-A No. 2004-115284. It can be used suitably.
  • the content of the porous cellulose particles is preferably in the range of 0.3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a).
  • the content is 0.3 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving the performance on ice can be enhanced, and when the content is 20 parts by mass or less, the rubber hardness can be prevented from becoming excessively high. Abrasion deterioration can also be suppressed.
  • the content of the porous cellulose particles is more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the rubber composition preferably further contains a resin component (c).
  • a resin component (c) When the rubber composition contains the resin component (c), the workability of the rubber composition is further improved.
  • the rubber composition contains the resin component (c) together with the multi-component copolymer (a1), high wear resistance derived from the multi-component copolymer (a1) is maintained, and molding of a tire or the like is performed. In some cases, it is possible to provide a rubber composition having excellent tackiness when bonded to other members, leading to an improvement in productivity of tires and the like.
  • resin component (c) various natural resins and synthetic resins can be used. Specifically, rosin resins, terpene resins, petroleum resins, phenol resins, coal resins, xylene resins. It is preferable to use a resin or the like. These resin components (c) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • examples of the rosin resin include gum rosin, tall oil rosin, wood rosin, hydrogenated rosin, disproportionated rosin, polymerized rosin, modified rosin glycerin, and pentaerythritol ester.
  • examples of the terpene resin include ⁇ -pinene-based, ⁇ -pinene-based, dipentene-based terpene resins, aromatic modified terpene resins, terpene phenol resins, hydrogenated terpene resins, and the like.
  • these natural resins polymerized rosin, terpene phenol resin, and hydrogenated terpene resin are preferable from the viewpoint of wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition.
  • the petroleum-based resin is a cracked oil fraction containing unsaturated hydrocarbons such as olefins and diolefins by-produced together with petrochemical basic raw materials such as ethylene and propylene by, for example, thermal decomposition of naphtha in the petrochemical industry. Is obtained by polymerizing with a Friedel-Crafts catalyst in the form of a mixture.
  • Examples of the petroleum-based resin a C 5 fraction obtained by thermal cracking of naphtha (co) polymer obtained by aliphatic petroleum resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “C 5 resins”.), Naphtha of the C 9 fraction obtained by thermal decomposition (co) polymer obtained by aromatic petroleum resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “C 9 resins”.), wherein the C 5 fraction and C 9 fraction Copolymer petroleum resin obtained by copolymerization of the components (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “C 5 -C 9 resin”), alicyclic compound petroleum resin such as hydrogenated or dicyclopentadiene Styrene resin such as styrene, substituted styrene, or a copolymer of styrene and another monomer.
  • C 5 resins a C 5 fraction obtained by thermal cracking of naphtha (co) polymer obtained by aliphatic petroleum resin
  • C 9 resins Naphtha of the C 9 fraction obtained by thermal decom
  • C 5 fractions obtained by thermal decomposition of naphtha are usually olefins such as 1-pentene, 2-pentene, 2-methyl-1-butene, 2-methyl-2-butene and 3-methyl-1-butene.
  • olefins such as 1-pentene, 2-pentene, 2-methyl-1-butene, 2-methyl-2-butene and 3-methyl-1-butene.
  • hydrocarbons such as 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene, 1,2-pentadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 3-methyl-1,2-butadiene and the like.
  • Specific examples of the C 9 fraction obtained include styrene homologues such as ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, and ⁇ -methylstyrene, and indene homologues such as indene and coumarone.
  • Trade names include Petrogin made by Mitsui Petrochemical, Petlite made by Mikuni Chemical, Neopolymer made by Nippon Petrochemical, Petol made by Toyo Soda, etc.
  • modified petroleum resin modified petroleum resin comprising the C 9 fraction.
  • modified petroleum resin an unsaturated alicyclic compound modified with C 9 petroleum resins, C 9 petroleum resins modified with a compound having a hydroxyl group, C 9 petroleum resins modified with an unsaturated carboxylic acid compound can be mentioned.
  • Preferred unsaturated alicyclic compounds include cyclopentadiene, methylcyclopentadiene and the like. Further, as the unsaturated alicyclic compound, a Diels-Alder reaction product of alkylcyclopentadiene is also preferable. And tricyclopentadiene. As the unsaturated alicyclic compound, dicyclopentadiene is particularly preferable. Dicyclopentadiene-modified C 9 petroleum resin in the presence of dicyclopentadiene and C 9 fraction both can be obtained by thermal polymerization or the like. Examples of the dicyclopentadiene-modified C 9 petroleum resin, for example, Neo polymer 130S (manufactured by Nippon Petrochemicals).
  • Examples of the compound having a hydroxyl group include alcohol compounds and phenol compounds.
  • Specific examples of the alcohol compound include alcohol compounds having a double bond such as allyl alcohol and 2-butene-1,4 diol.
  • As the phenol compound alkylphenols such as phenol, cresol, xylenol, p-tert-butylphenol, p-octylphenol and p-nonylphenol can be used. These compounds having a hydroxyl group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the C 9 petroleum resin having a hydroxyl group after introduction of the ester group in the petroleum resin by thermal polymerization with petroleum distillate (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, a method of reducing the ester group, petroleum resin It can be produced by a method of hydrating the double bond after remaining or introducing the double bond therein.
  • the C 9 petroleum resin having a hydroxyl group can be used those obtained by the various methods as, Performance, viewed from the manufacturing aspect, it is preferred to use a phenol-modified petroleum resins.
  • the phenol-modified petroleum resins, obtained by cationic polymerization of the C 9 fraction in the presence of phenol, modified is easy and low cost. Examples of the phenol-modified C 9 petroleum resin, for example, Neo polymer -E-130 (manufactured by Nippon Petrochemicals).
  • the modified C 9 petroleum resin with an unsaturated carboxylic acid compound is capable of modifying the C 9 petroleum resin in an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid.
  • ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids include (anhydrous) maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, tetrahydro (anhydrous) phthalic acid, (meth) acrylic acid or citraconic acid.
  • Unsaturated carboxylic acid-modified C 9 petroleum resin can be obtained by thermally polymerizing C 9 petroleum resin and ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid.
  • maleic acid-modified C 9 petroleum resin is preferable.
  • the unsaturated carboxylic acid-modified C 9 petroleum resin for example, Neo Polymer 160 (manufactured by Nippon Petrochemicals).
  • the C 9 fraction is not particularly limited, it is preferably a C 9 fraction obtained by thermal cracking of naphtha.
  • Specific examples include TS30, TS30-DL, TS35, TS35-DL, etc., from the STRILL series manufactured by SCHILL & SEILACHER.
  • examples of the phenolic resin include alkylphenol formaldehyde resins and rosin-modified products thereof, alkylphenolacetylene resins, modified alkylphenol resins, terpenephenol resins, and the like. Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), and p-tert-butylphenol acetylene resin colesin (BASF).
  • the coal-based resin includes coumarone indene resin and the like
  • the xylene-based resin in the synthetic resin includes xylene formaldehyde resin and the like.
  • Other polybutenes can also be used as the resin component.
  • aromatic from the viewpoint of abrasion resistance of the compounded rubber composition C 5 fraction and C 9 fraction copolymer resin, obtained by a C 9 fraction (co) polymerizing Group petroleum resins, phenolic resins and coumarone indene resins are preferred.
  • the resin component (c) preferably has an SP value of 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. If the SP value of the resin component (c) is 4 or less, it can be suppressed that the resin component (c) is locally present in the rubber composition and becomes a fracture nucleus, and the abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition The nature is further improved.
  • the lower limit of the SP value of the resin component (c) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 or more.
  • the SP value of the resin component (c) means a solubility parameter calculated using Hansen's formula, and more specifically, among the three parameters of Hansen, the dipole mutual relationship between molecules. It means a value calculated from the energy of action and the energy of hydrogen bonds.
  • the resin component (c) preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. If the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin component (c) is 2000 or less, it can be suppressed that the resin component (c) is locally present in the rubber composition and becomes a fracture nucleus. Abrasion resistance is further improved.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin component (c) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 400 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin component (c) is a value in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the resin component (c) is preferably a resin having a softening point of 200 ° C. (measurement method: ASTM E28-58-T) or less, more preferably in the range of 80 ° C. to 150 ° C., 90 The range of from 0 to 120 ° C. is even more preferable.
  • the softening point is 200 ° C. or less, the temperature dependence of the hysteresis loss characteristic is small, and the workability is further improved.
  • the resin component (c) is preferably contained in an amount of 5 to 150 parts by weight, more preferably 5 to 100 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the rubber component (a).
  • the content is more preferably 80 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
  • the content of the resin component (c) is 5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a)
  • the tackiness of the rubber composition and the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition are further improved.
  • it is 150 mass parts or less, workability
  • the rubber composition preferably further contains a softening agent (d). It is because workability
  • the softener examples include mineral-derived mineral oil, petroleum-derived aromatic oil, paraffinic oil, naphthenic oil, and natural product-derived palm oil. Among these, from the viewpoint of crack resistance of the rubber composition, a mineral-derived softener and a petroleum-derived softener are preferable.
  • the softener is particularly preferably a mixture of naphthenic oil and asphalt or paraffinic oil.
  • the naphthenic oil may be a hydrogenated naphthenic oil, and the hydrogenated naphthenic oil is preliminarily hydrogenated by a high-temperature high-pressure hydrorefining technique. It can be obtained by chemical purification.
  • the asphalt content is preferably 5% by mass or less from the viewpoint of compatibility with the rubber component (a) and the effect as a softening agent.
  • an asphaltene component is quantified from the composition analysis measured based on JPI method (Japan Petroleum Institute method).
  • the softener (d) preferably has an SP value of 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. If the SP value of the softening agent (d) is 4 or less, it can be suppressed that the softening agent (d) is locally present in the rubber composition and becomes a fracture nucleus, and the crack resistance of the rubber composition is reduced. Further improvement is achieved, and the fracture resistance is improved. In addition, although it does not specifically limit as a minimum of SP value of a softening agent (d), It is preferable that it is 0.01 or more.
  • the SP value of the softening agent (d) means a solubility parameter calculated using Hansen's formula, and more specifically, among the three parameters of Hansen, the dipolar interaction between molecules. A numerical value calculated from the energy of action and the energy of hydrogen bonds.
  • the softener (d) preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. If the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the softening agent (d) is 2000 or less, it is possible to suppress the softening agent (d) from being locally present in the rubber composition and becoming a fracture nucleus, and the rubber composition The crack resistance of the object is further improved. In addition, although it does not specifically limit as a minimum of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of a softening agent (d), It is preferable that it is 400 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the softening agent (d) is a value in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the content of the softening agent (d) is preferably 0.1 to 150 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 130 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the rubber component (a). 5 to 110 parts by mass is even more preferable.
  • the content of the softening agent (d) is 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a)
  • the workability of the rubber composition is further improved, and at 150 parts by mass or less. If present, the crack resistance of the rubber composition is further improved.
  • the rubber composition preferably further contains a filler (e).
  • a filler (e) When the rubber composition contains a filler (e), the reinforcing property and wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention can be improved.
  • the filler (e) is not particularly limited, and carbon black, silica, aluminum hydroxide, clay, alumina, talc, mica, kaolin, glass balloon, glass beads, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, oxidation Magnesium, titanium oxide, potassium titanate, barium sulfate, and the like can be mentioned. Among these, carbon black, silica, and aluminum hydroxide are preferable, and carbon black and silica are more preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the carbon black include GPF, FEF, HAF, ISAF, and SAF grade carbon black.
  • Examples of the silica include wet silica (hydrous silicic acid), dry silica (anhydrous silicic acid), calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, and the like. Among these, wet silica is preferable.
  • As said aluminum hydroxide it is preferable to use Popelite (trademark, product made by Showa Denko) etc.
  • the content of the filler (e) is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose, but is preferably 10 to 120 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), Is more preferably from 100 to 100 parts by weight, particularly preferably from 30 to 80 parts by weight.
  • the content of the filler is 10 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving the reinforcing property by the filler can be sufficiently obtained, and when it is 120 parts by mass or less, good workability can be maintained. it can.
  • the rubber composition further contains a silane coupling agent in order to improve the effect of the silica.
  • the silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) trisulfide, and bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl).
  • Disulfide bis (2-triethoxysilylethyl) tetrasulfide, bis (3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, bis (2-trimethoxysilylethyl) tetrasulfide, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercapto Propyltriethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl-N, N-dimethylthiocarbamoyl tetrasulfide, 3-triethoxysilylpro -N, N-dimethylthiocarbamoyl tetrasulfide, 2-triethoxysilylethyl-N, N-dimethylthiocarbamoyl tetrasulfide, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl-
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably in the range of 2 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the silica.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is 2 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of silica, the effect of silica is sufficiently improved, and the content of the silane coupling agent is 20 with respect to 100 parts by mass of silica. If it is below mass parts, the possibility of gelation of the rubber component (a) is low.
  • the rubber composition contains a crosslinking agent.
  • a crosslinking agent there is no restriction
  • examples thereof include a sulfur-based crosslinking agent, an organic peroxide-based crosslinking agent, an inorganic crosslinking agent, a polyamine crosslinking agent, a resin crosslinking agent, a sulfur compound-based crosslinking agent, and an oxime-nitrosamine-based crosslinking agent.
  • a sulfur type crosslinking agent vulcanizing agent
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose, but is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a).
  • a vulcanization accelerator When using the vulcanizing agent, a vulcanization accelerator can be used in combination.
  • the vulcanization accelerator include guanidine, aldehyde-amine, aldehyde-ammonia, thiazole, sulfenamide, thiourea, thiuram, dithiocarbamate, and xanthate compounds.
  • the rubber composition may include a vulcanization aid, a colorant, a flame retardant, a lubricant, a plasticizer, a processing aid, an antioxidant, an anti-aging agent, an anti-scorch agent, an anti-UV agent, if necessary.
  • a vulcanization aid such as an antistatic agent, an anti-coloring agent, and other compounding agents can be contained depending on the purpose of use.
  • the tire tread of the present invention is characterized by using the above-described vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention. Since the tire tread of the present invention uses the vulcanized rubber composition described above, when applied to a tire, the tire tread is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance of the tire.
  • the tire of the present invention includes the above-described tire tread of the present invention. Since the tire of the present invention uses the above-described tire tread, it is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance.
  • the tire of the present invention is particularly useful as a winter tire such as a studless tire because it is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance.
  • the tire of the present invention may be obtained by vulcanization after molding using an unvulcanized rubber composition according to the type and member of the tire to be applied, and uses a semi-vulcanized rubber that has undergone a preliminary vulcanization process or the like. After molding, it may be further vulcanized.
  • inert gas such as nitrogen, argon, helium other than the air which adjusted normal or oxygen partial pressure, can be used.
  • Crystallinity The crystal melting energy of 100% crystalline polyethylene and the melting peak energy of the obtained copolymer were measured, and the crystallinity was calculated from the energy ratio of polyethylene and copolymer.
  • the melting peak energy was measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC, manufactured by TA Instruments Japan, “DSCQ2000”).
  • the catalyst solution was added to the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor and heated to 70 ° C.
  • ethylene was charged into the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor at a pressure of 1.5 MPa, and further 80 mL of a toluene solution containing 20 g of 1,3-butadiene was charged into the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor over 8 hours. Copolymerization was carried out for 5 hours.
  • 1 ml of 2,2′-methylene-bis (4-ethyl-6-tert-butylphenol) (NS-5) 5 mass% isopropanol solution was added to the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor to stop the reaction.
  • the copolymer was separated using a large amount of methanol and vacuum-dried at 50 ° C.
  • a terpolymer About the obtained terpolymer, number average molecular weight (Mn), weight average molecular weight (Mw), molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn), butadiene unit, ethylene unit, styrene unit content, melting point (T m ), Endothermic peak energy, glass transition temperature (Tg), and crystallinity were measured by the above methods. The results are shown in Table 1. Further, when the main chain structure of the obtained terpolymer was confirmed by the above method, no peak was observed at 10 to 24 ppm in the 13 C-NMR spectrum chart. The polymer was confirmed to have a main chain consisting only of an acyclic structure.
  • a rubber composition was produced using a normal Banbury mixer.
  • the obtained rubber composition was vulcanized at 160 ° C. for 15 minutes to prepare samples of vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 and Examples 1 to 5.
  • a rubber composition is manufactured using a normal Banbury mixer.
  • the obtained rubber composition is vulcanized at 160 ° C. for 15 minutes to prepare samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 6 and 7.
  • the surface roughness and the porosity were measured by the following method, and the wear resistance and the performance on ice were further evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the dynamic friction coefficient ⁇ is calculated.
  • the measurement temperature is ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the surface pressure is 12 kgf / cm 2
  • the sample rotation peripheral speed is 20 cm / sec.
  • the evaluation was expressed as an index with the dynamic friction coefficient ⁇ of Comparative Example 5 as 100. The larger the index value, the larger the dynamic friction coefficient ⁇ , indicating better performance on ice.
  • Natural rubber TSR20 * 2 Butadiene rubber: Product name “BR01” manufactured by JSR Corporation * 3 Ternary copolymer: Ternary copolymer synthesized by the above method * 4 Binary copolymer: Binary copolymer synthesized by the above method * 5 Carbon black: SAF grade carbon black, Asahi Carbon Product name "ASAHI # 105" * 6 Process oil: Petroleum hydrocarbon process oil, manufactured by Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd., trade name "DAIAANA PROCESS OIL NS-28" * 7 Silica: Tosoh Silica Industry Co., Ltd., trade name “Nipsil AQ” * 8 Silane coupling agent: Bistriethoxysilylpropyl polysulfide, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Hydrophilic short fibers Hydrophilic short fibers produced by the following method In accordance with Production Example 3 disclosed in JP2012-219245A, two twin screw extruders were used and polyethylene was used as a hopper [manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene, Novatec.
  • Vulcanization accelerator CZ N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolylsulfenamide, manufactured by Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name “Noxeller CZ” * 15 Vulcanization accelerator MBTS: Di-2-benzothiazolyl disulfide, manufactured by Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name “Noxeller DM-P” * 16 Foaming agent: dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine, manufactured by Sankyo Kasei Co., Ltd., trade name "Cermic AN"
  • the vulcanized rubber composition which can make the performance on ice and abrasion resistance of a tire compatible on a high level can be provided. Moreover, according to this invention, the tire tread and tire which are excellent in both on-ice performance and abrasion resistance can be provided.
  • Vulcanized rubber composition 20 Void

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a rubber composition having excellent wear resistance and workability. In order to achieve the foregoing, the vulcanized rubber composition according to the present invention comprises a rubber component that includes a multicomponent copolymer containing a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit and an aromatic vinyl unit, and said vulcanized rubber composition is characterized by having a surface roughness of 5 to 100 μm.

Description

加硫ゴム組成物、タイヤトレッド及びタイヤVulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire
 本発明は、加硫ゴム組成物、タイヤトレッド及びタイヤに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a vulcanized rubber composition, a tire tread and a tire.
 従来、通常の路面上に加え、氷上でも安全に走行するためのタイヤとして、トレッドゴムを柔らかくしたスタッドレスタイヤが使用されており、トレッドゴムを柔らかくすることで、タイヤの氷上性能が向上することが知られている。しかしながら、一般に柔らかいトレッドゴムを具えるタイヤは、通常の路面における耐摩耗性が悪いという問題があり、タイヤの氷上性能と耐摩耗性は二律背反の関係にある。 Conventionally, studless tires with softened tread rubber have been used as tires for safe driving on ice in addition to normal road surfaces. By softening the tread rubber, the on-ice performance of the tire can be improved. Are known. However, in general, a tire including a soft tread rubber has a problem of poor wear resistance on a normal road surface, and the on-ice performance and the wear resistance of the tire are in a trade-off relationship.
 また、タイヤの氷上性能を向上させる手法としては、トレッドに用いるゴム組成物に有機繊維やグラスファイバー等を配合し、これらが氷路面を引っ掻くことで、タイヤの氷上性能を向上させる手法が知られている。ただし、上述した有機繊維やグラスファイバー等をゴム組成物中に含む場合、ゴムとの相互作用が無いため破壊核として作用し、トレッドゴムの耐破壊性(耐摩耗性)を低下させる要因となる。
 そのため、かかる問題を解決するタイヤ用のゴム組成物として、例えば特許文献1には、天然ゴム及びブタジエンゴムからなるゴム成分100重量部に対して、チタン酸カリウム繊維を0.5~20重量部、ならびにヨウ素吸着量が100~300mg/gであるカーボンブラックを5~200重量部配合したゴム組成物が開示されており、該ゴム組成物を、キャップトレッド及びベーストレッドからなる2層構造のトレッドのキャップトレッドに使用することで、耐摩耗性の低下を抑制しつつ、氷上性能(氷雪上性能)が向上することが知られている。
In addition, as a technique for improving the on-ice performance of the tire, a technique for improving the on-ice performance of the tire by blending organic fiber, glass fiber or the like with the rubber composition used for the tread and scratching the icy road surface is known. ing. However, when the above-mentioned organic fiber or glass fiber is included in the rubber composition, it does not interact with the rubber and thus acts as a fracture nucleus, which causes a decrease in the fracture resistance (abrasion resistance) of the tread rubber. .
Therefore, as a rubber composition for a tire that solves such a problem, for example, Patent Document 1 discloses that 0.5 to 20 parts by weight of potassium titanate fiber is used with respect to 100 parts by weight of a rubber component made of natural rubber and butadiene rubber. And a rubber composition containing 5 to 200 parts by weight of carbon black having an iodine adsorption amount of 100 to 300 mg / g, which is a tread having a two-layer structure comprising a cap tread and a base tread. It is known that the performance on ice (performance on ice and snow) is improved while suppressing a decrease in wear resistance.
特開2008-303334号公報JP 2008-303334 A
 しかしながら、特許文献1の技術では、チタン酸カリウム繊維を特定量配合することで、タイヤの氷上性能(氷上摩擦係数)の向上効果が望めるものの(特許文献1の表1等を参照。)、耐摩耗性が若干低下する傾向にあり、氷上性能と耐摩耗性とを高いレベルで両立することは困難であった。 However, in the technique of Patent Document 1, although the effect of improving the performance on ice (coefficient of friction on ice) of the tire can be expected by blending a specific amount of potassium titanate fiber (see Table 1 of Patent Document 1), the anti-resistance. Abrasion tends to be slightly reduced, and it has been difficult to achieve both high performance on ice and wear resistance.
 そこで、本発明は、上記従来技術の問題を解決し、タイヤの氷上性能と耐摩耗性とを高いレベルで両立できる加硫ゴム組成物を提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明は、氷上性能と耐摩耗性との両方に優れるタイヤトレッド及びタイヤを提供することを目的とする。
Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a vulcanized rubber composition that solves the above-described problems of the prior art and can achieve both high performance on ice and wear resistance of a tire.
Moreover, an object of this invention is to provide the tire tread and tire which are excellent in both on-ice performance and abrasion resistance.
 上記課題を解決する本発明の要旨構成は、以下の通りである。
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物は、ゴム成分が、共役ジエン単位と、非共役オレフィン単位と、芳香族ビニル単位とを含有する多元共重合体を含む、加硫ゴム組成物であって、該加硫ゴム組成物の表面粗さが、5~100μmであることを特徴とする。
 上記構成を具えることで、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物をタイヤに用いた際、氷上性能と耐摩耗性とを高いレベルで両立できる。
The gist configuration of the present invention for solving the above problems is as follows.
The vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is a vulcanized rubber composition, wherein the rubber component comprises a multi-component copolymer containing a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit, The surface roughness of the vulcanized rubber composition is 5 to 100 μm.
By providing the above configuration, when the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is used for a tire, both on-ice performance and wear resistance can be achieved at a high level.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記加硫ゴム組成物は複数の空隙を有し、空隙率が10~80%であることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能及び耐摩耗性をより高いレベルで両立できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the vulcanized rubber composition preferably has a plurality of voids and a porosity of 10 to 80%. In this case, the on-ice performance and wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be achieved at a higher level.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、前記共役ジエン単位の含有量が1~50mol%で、前記非共役オレフィン単位の含有量が40~97mol%で、且つ、前記芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が2~35mol%であることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性及び耐候性をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the multi-component copolymer has a content of the conjugated diene unit of 1 to 50 mol%, a content of the non-conjugated olefin unit of 40 to 97 mol%, and the aromatic The group vinyl unit content is preferably 2 to 35 mol%. In this case, the wear resistance and weather resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定した融点が30~130℃であることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能及び耐摩耗性をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the multi-component copolymer preferably has a melting point of 30 to 130 ° C. measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). In this case, the on-ice performance and abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、0~120℃における示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定した吸熱ピークエネルギーが10~150J/gであることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能及び耐摩耗性をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the multi-component copolymer preferably has an endothermic peak energy measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) at 0 to 120 ° C. of 10 to 150 J / g. In this case, the on-ice performance and abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定したガラス転移温度が0℃以下であることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the multi-component copolymer preferably has a glass transition temperature of 0 ° C. or less as measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). In this case, the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、結晶化度が0.5~50%であることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能及び耐摩耗性をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the multi-component copolymer preferably has a crystallinity of 0.5 to 50%. In this case, the on-ice performance and abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、前記非共役オレフィン単位が非環状の非共役オレフィン単位であることが好ましく、前記非環状の非共役オレフィン単位が、エチレン単位のみからなることがさらに好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の耐候性を向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the multi-component copolymer is preferably such that the non-conjugated olefin unit is an acyclic non-conjugated olefin unit, and the non-cyclic non-conjugated olefin unit is composed only of ethylene units. More preferably. In this case, the weather resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、前記芳香族ビニル単位がスチレン単位を含むことが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の耐候性をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, it is preferable that in the multi-component copolymer, the aromatic vinyl unit includes a styrene unit. In this case, the weather resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記多元共重合体は、前記共役ジエン単位が1,3-ブタジエン単位及び/又はイソプレン単位を含むことが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, it is preferable that in the multicomponent copolymer, the conjugated diene unit includes a 1,3-butadiene unit and / or an isoprene unit. In this case, the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、前記ゴム成分中の、前記多元共重合体の含有率が、5~100質量%であることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能及び耐摩耗性をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the content of the multi-component copolymer in the rubber component is preferably 5 to 100% by mass. In this case, the on-ice performance and abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、加硫ゴム組成物が、空隙導入剤をさらに含むことが好ましく、該空隙導入剤が、発泡剤、親水性短繊維、硫酸金属塩、熱膨張性マイクロカプセル及び多孔質セルロース粒子からなる群より選択される少なくとも一種であることがより好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能をさらに向上できる。 In the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, the vulcanized rubber composition preferably further contains a void introducing agent, and the void introducing agent is a foaming agent, a hydrophilic short fiber, a metal sulfate salt, a thermally expandable microcapsule. And at least one selected from the group consisting of porous cellulose particles. In this case, the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition can be further improved.
 また、本発明のタイヤトレッドは、上記の加硫ゴム組成物を用いたことを特徴とする。
 上記構成を具えることで、本発明のタイヤトレッドは、氷上性能及び耐摩耗性の両方に優れる。
The tire tread of the present invention is characterized by using the above vulcanized rubber composition.
By providing the above configuration, the tire tread of the present invention is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance.
 さらに、本発明のタイヤは、上記のタイヤトレッドを備えることを特徴とする。
 上記構成を具えることで、本発明のタイヤは、氷上性能及び耐摩耗性の両方に優れる。
Furthermore, a tire according to the present invention includes the above-described tire tread.
By providing the above configuration, the tire of the present invention is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance.
 本発明によれば、タイヤの氷上性能と耐摩耗性とを高いレベルで両立できる加硫ゴム組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、氷上性能と耐摩耗性との両方に優れるタイヤトレッド及びタイヤを提供することができる。
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the vulcanized rubber composition which can make the performance on ice and abrasion resistance of a tire compatible on a high level can be provided.
Moreover, according to this invention, the tire tread and tire which are excellent in both on-ice performance and abrasion resistance can be provided.
本発明の加硫ゴム組成物の一実施形態について、表面の状態を模式的に示した図である。It is the figure which showed typically the state of the surface about one Embodiment of the vulcanized rubber composition of this invention.
 以下に、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物、タイヤトレッド及びタイヤ、の一実施形態について、必要に応じて図面を用いて説明する。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of a vulcanized rubber composition, a tire tread, and a tire according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings as necessary.
<加硫ゴム組成物>
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物は、ゴム成分が、共役ジエン単位と、非共役オレフィン単位と、芳香族ビニル単位と、を含有する多元共重合体を含む加硫ゴム組成物であって、該加硫ゴム組成物の表面粗さが、5~100μmであることを特徴とする。
<Vulcanized rubber composition>
The vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is a vulcanized rubber composition comprising a multi-component copolymer in which the rubber component contains a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit, The surface roughness of the vulcanized rubber composition is 5 to 100 μm.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物のゴム成分として含まれる多元共重合体については、その特性の1つとして、分子内で非共役オレフィン単位が連鎖してなる微結晶が高歪下で崩壊することで、融解エネルギーに起因したエネルギー散逸がある。また、加硫ゴム組成物が表面粗さ(凹凸)を有することで、溶けた氷から発生した水をその表面の凹部に取り込み、逃すことができ、さらに表面の凹凸による引っ掻き効果が得られるため、氷上性能の向上が望める。
 そして、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物では、上述した多元共重合体を含むとともに、特定の5~100μmの表面粗さ(凹凸)を有することによって、タイヤに適用した際、氷上性能を高めることができることに加え、表面に局所的に大きな歪みがかかることから、上述した融解エネルギーに起因したエネルギー散逸を効果的に発揮できる。その結果、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物をタイヤとして用いた際にかかる摩擦エネルギーを分散できることに加えて、タイヤと氷面との接触面積を大きくできるため、氷上性能と耐摩耗性との高いレベルでの両立が可能になる。
As for the multi-component copolymer contained as a rubber component of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, as one of its characteristics, microcrystals in which non-conjugated olefin units are chained in the molecule collapse under high strain. There is energy dissipation due to melting energy. In addition, since the vulcanized rubber composition has surface roughness (unevenness), water generated from melted ice can be taken into the recesses on the surface and escaped, and a scratching effect due to surface unevenness can be obtained. The improvement on ice performance can be expected.
The vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention includes the above-described multi-component copolymer and has a specific surface roughness (unevenness) of 5 to 100 μm, thereby improving the performance on ice when applied to a tire. In addition to being able to perform, since the surface is locally subjected to a large strain, the above-mentioned energy dissipation due to the melting energy can be effectively exhibited. As a result, in addition to being able to disperse the friction energy when the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is used as a tire, the contact area between the tire and the ice surface can be increased, so that the performance on ice and the wear resistance are high. It becomes possible to achieve both levels.
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物の表面粗さ(Ra)は、5~100μmであることを要する。前記表面粗さが、5μm未満の場合には、表面の凹凸が小さすぎるため、タイヤに用いた際に氷上性能が得られず、融解エネルギーに起因したエネルギー散逸効果も小さくなるため、十分な耐摩耗性も得られない。同様の観点から、前記表面粗さは、10μm以上であることが好ましく、15μm以上であることがより好ましい。一方、前記表面粗さが、100μmを超えると、十分な耐摩耗性を得ることができない。同様の観点から、前記表面粗さは、90μm以下であることが好ましく、80μm以下であることがより好ましく、70μm以下であることがさらに好ましく、60μm以下であることが特に好ましい。
 なお、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物の表面粗さ(Ra)は、JIS B 0601(2001年)に準拠して測定されたものである。
The surface roughness (Ra) of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is required to be 5 to 100 μm. When the surface roughness is less than 5 μm, the unevenness of the surface is too small, so performance on ice cannot be obtained when used in a tire, and the energy dissipation effect due to melting energy is also small, so that sufficient resistance Abrasion is not obtained. From the same viewpoint, the surface roughness is preferably 10 μm or more, and more preferably 15 μm or more. On the other hand, if the surface roughness exceeds 100 μm, sufficient wear resistance cannot be obtained. From the same viewpoint, the surface roughness is preferably 90 μm or less, more preferably 80 μm or less, further preferably 70 μm or less, and particularly preferably 60 μm or less.
The surface roughness (Ra) of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is measured according to JIS B 0601 (2001).
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物は特定の表面粗さを有しているが、表面粗さを調整する方法については、特に限定はされず、表面粗さの条件や、加硫ゴム組成物を製造する設備などに応じて、公知の技術を用いることができる。
 例えば、加硫ゴム組成物の表面を、研削機やスパッタリング等によって削ることで、粗さを付与する方法が挙げられる。また、後述するように、加硫前のゴム組成物中に、発泡剤、親水性短繊維、硫酸金属塩、熱膨張性マイクロカプセル、多孔質セルロース粒子等の空隙導入剤を配合することによって、加硫ゴム組成物中に空隙を設け、表面に凹凸を形成する方法が挙げられる。
Although the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention has a specific surface roughness, the method for adjusting the surface roughness is not particularly limited, and conditions for surface roughness and the vulcanized rubber composition A known technique can be used depending on the equipment to be manufactured.
For example, the method of giving roughness by shaving the surface of a vulcanized rubber composition with a grinder, sputtering, etc. is mentioned. Further, as described later, in the rubber composition before vulcanization, by blending a void-introducing agent such as a foaming agent, hydrophilic short fiber, sulfate metal salt, thermally expandable microcapsule, porous cellulose particles, Examples thereof include a method in which voids are provided in the vulcanized rubber composition and irregularities are formed on the surface.
 なお、上述した方法の中でも、加硫ゴム組成物の表面粗さ(Ra)を5~100μmの範囲により確実に留めることができる点からは、加硫前のゴム組成物中に、空隙導入剤を配合する方法が好ましい。
 ここで、図1は、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物10に空隙20を設けた場合の表面の状態を模式的に示したものである。図2に示すように、表面に露出した空隙20の空隙が、凹部となることで、加硫ゴム組成物の表面に所定の表面粗さを形成することができる。
Among the above-described methods, a void-introducing agent is included in the rubber composition before vulcanization from the viewpoint that the surface roughness (Ra) of the vulcanized rubber composition can be reliably kept in the range of 5 to 100 μm. Is preferable.
Here, FIG. 1 schematically shows the state of the surface when the void 20 is provided in the vulcanized rubber composition 10 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, a predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition because the voids of the voids 20 exposed on the surface become concave portions.
 また、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物の空隙率については、10~80%であることが好ましい。前記空隙率の下限値を10%とすることで、より確実に氷上性能及び耐摩耗性を向上させることができる。同様の観点から、前記空隙率は、15%以上であることが好ましく、20%以上であることがより好ましい。一方、前記空隙率の上限値を80%とすることで、複数の空隙を有する場合であっても、耐摩耗性の低下をより確実に抑制できる。同様の観点から、記空隙率は、60%以下であることが好ましく、40%以下であることがより好ましい。
 前記空隙率は、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物における前記空隙の体積の割合(体積%)のことである。前記空隙率の測定方法については、特に限定はされず、例えば、比重計(新光電子株式会社製ViBRA比重計「DMA-220」)等を用いて測定できる。
The porosity of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention is preferably 10 to 80%. By setting the lower limit of the porosity to 10%, it is possible to improve the performance on ice and the wear resistance more reliably. From the same viewpoint, the porosity is preferably 15% or more, and more preferably 20% or more. On the other hand, by setting the upper limit value of the porosity to 80%, it is possible to more reliably suppress a decrease in wear resistance even when a plurality of voids are provided. From the same viewpoint, the porosity is preferably 60% or less, and more preferably 40% or less.
The porosity is a volume ratio (volume%) of the voids in the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention. The method for measuring the porosity is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be measured using a hydrometer (ViBRA hydrometer “DMA-220” manufactured by Shinko Denshi Co., Ltd.).
 なお、前記加硫ゴム組成物とは、未加硫のゴム組成物を加硫して得られた加硫ゴムのことである。また、加硫条件(温度、時間)については、特に限定はされず、要求される性能に応じて、任意の条件で加硫処理を行うことができる。
 本発明の加硫ゴム組成物の元となる、未加硫のゴム組成物(以下、単に「ゴム組成物」ということがある。)について、以下に説明する。
The vulcanized rubber composition is a vulcanized rubber obtained by vulcanizing an unvulcanized rubber composition. Further, the vulcanization conditions (temperature, time) are not particularly limited, and the vulcanization treatment can be performed under arbitrary conditions according to the required performance.
The unvulcanized rubber composition (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “rubber composition”), which is the basis of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention, will be described below.
 前記ゴム組成物は、ゴム成分(a)を含み、該ゴム成分(a)は、共役ジエン単位と、非共役オレフィン単位と、芳香族ビニル単位と、を含有する多元共重合体(a1)を含む。
 ここで、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、共役ジエン単位と、非共役オレフィン単位と、芳香族ビニル単位と、を少なくとも含有し、共役ジエン単位と、非共役オレフィン単位と、芳香族ビニル単位のみからなってもよいし、さらに他の単量体単位を含有することもできる。
The rubber composition includes a rubber component (a), and the rubber component (a) includes a multi-component copolymer (a1) containing a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit. Including.
Here, the multi-component copolymer (a1) contains at least a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit, and includes a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit. It may consist of only, and can also contain another monomer unit.
 前記共役ジエン単位は、単量体としての共役ジエン化合物に由来する構成単位である。該共役ジエン化合物は、炭素数が4~8であることが好ましい。かかる共役ジエン化合物として、具体的には、1,3-ブタジエン、イソプレン、1,3-ペンタジエン、2,3-ジメチル-1,3-ブタジエン等が挙げられる。前記共役ジエン化合物は、一種単独であってもよいし、二種以上の組み合わせであってもよい。そして、多元共重合体の単量体としての共役ジエン化合物は、得られる多元共重合体を用いた加硫ゴム組成物やタイヤ等の耐摩耗性を効果的に向上させる観点から、1,3-ブタジエン及び/又はイソプレンを含むことが好ましく、1,3-ブタジエン及び/又はイソプレンのみからなることがより好ましく、1,3-ブタジエンのみからなることがさらに好ましい。別の言い方をすると、多元共重合体における共役ジエン単位は、1,3-ブタジエン単位及び/又はイソプレン単位を含むことが好ましく、1,3-ブタジエン単位及び/又はイソプレン単位のみからなることがより好ましく、1,3-ブタジエン単位のみからなることがさらに好ましい。 The conjugated diene unit is a structural unit derived from a conjugated diene compound as a monomer. The conjugated diene compound preferably has 4 to 8 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the conjugated diene compound include 1,3-butadiene, isoprene, 1,3-pentadiene, 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene and the like. The conjugated diene compound may be a single kind or a combination of two or more kinds. And the conjugated diene compound as a monomer of the multi-component copolymer is 1, 3 from the viewpoint of effectively improving the wear resistance of a vulcanized rubber composition or a tire using the obtained multi-component copolymer. -It preferably contains butadiene and / or isoprene, more preferably consists only of 1,3-butadiene and / or isoprene, and more preferably consists only of 1,3-butadiene. In other words, the conjugated diene unit in the multi-component copolymer preferably contains 1,3-butadiene units and / or isoprene units, and more preferably consists only of 1,3-butadiene units and / or isoprene units. Preferably, it consists of only 1,3-butadiene units.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)は、前記共役ジエン単位の含有量が、1mol%以上であることが好ましく、3mol%以上であることがより好ましく、また、50mol%以下であることが好ましく、40mol%以下であることがより好ましく、30mol%以下であることがさらに好ましく、25mol%以下であることがよりさらに好ましく、15mol%以下であることがより一層好ましい。共役ジエン単位の含有量が、多元共重合体全体の1mol%以上であると、伸びに優れる加硫ゴム組成物及びゴム製品が得られるので好ましく、50mol%以下であると、耐候性に優れる。また、共役ジエン単位の含有量は、多元共重合体全体の1~50mol%の範囲が好ましく、3~40mol%の範囲が更に好ましい。 In the multi-component copolymer (a1), the content of the conjugated diene unit is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, and preferably 50 mol% or less, % Or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, even more preferably 25 mol% or less, and even more preferably 15 mol% or less. When the content of the conjugated diene unit is 1 mol% or more of the whole multi-component copolymer, a vulcanized rubber composition and a rubber product excellent in elongation can be obtained, and when it is 50 mol% or less, weather resistance is excellent. In addition, the content of the conjugated diene unit is preferably in the range of 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 40 mol%, based on the whole multi-component copolymer.
 前記非共役オレフィン単位は、単量体としての非共役オレフィン化合物に由来する構成単位である。該非共役オレフィン化合物は、炭素数が2~10であることが好ましい。かかる非共役オレフィン化合物として、具体的には、エチレン、プロピレン、1-ブテン、1-ペンテン、1-ヘキセン、1-ヘプテン、1-オクテン等のα-オレフィン、ピバリン酸ビニル、1-フェニルチオエテン、N-ビニルピロリドン等のヘテロ原子置換アルケン化合物等が挙げられる。前記非共役オレフィン化合物は、一種単独であってもよいし、二種以上の組み合わせであってもよい。そして、多元共重合体の単量体としての非共役オレフィン化合物は、得られる多元共重合体の結晶性をより低減し、かかる多元共重合体を用いた加硫ゴム組成物及びタイヤ等の耐候性をより向上させる観点から、非環状の非共役オレフィン化合物であることが好ましく、また、当該非環状の非共役オレフィン化合物は、α-オレフィンであることがより好ましく、エチレンを含むα-オレフィンであることがさらに好ましく、エチレンのみからなることが特に好ましい。別の言い方をすると、多元共重合体における非共役オレフィン単位は、非環状の非共役オレフィン単位であることが好ましく、また、当該非環状の非共役オレフィン単位は、α-オレフィン単位であることがより好ましく、エチレン単位を含むα-オレフィン単位であることが更に好ましく、エチレン単位のみからなることが更に好ましい。 The non-conjugated olefin unit is a structural unit derived from a non-conjugated olefin compound as a monomer. The non-conjugated olefin compound preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples of such non-conjugated olefin compounds include ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene and other α-olefins, vinyl pivalate, 1-phenylthioethene. And heteroatom-substituted alkene compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone. The non-conjugated olefin compound may be a single kind or a combination of two or more kinds. The non-conjugated olefin compound as a monomer of the multi-component copolymer further reduces the crystallinity of the resulting multi-component copolymer, and weather resistance of vulcanized rubber compositions and tires using such a multi-component copolymer. From the viewpoint of further improving the properties, it is preferably an acyclic non-conjugated olefin compound, and the acyclic non-conjugated olefin compound is more preferably an α-olefin, which is an α-olefin containing ethylene. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that it consists only of ethylene. In other words, the non-conjugated olefin unit in the multi-component copolymer is preferably an acyclic non-conjugated olefin unit, and the acyclic non-conjugated olefin unit is preferably an α-olefin unit. More preferably, it is more preferably an α-olefin unit containing an ethylene unit, and further preferably only an ethylene unit.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)は、前記非共役オレフィン単位の含有量が、40mol%以上であることが好ましく、45mol%以上であることがさらに好ましく、55mol%以上であることがより一層好ましく、60mol%以上であることが特に好ましく、また、97mol%以下であることが好ましく、95mol%以下であることがさらに好ましく、90mol%以下であることがより一層好ましい。非共役オレフィン単位の含有量が、多元重合体全体の40mol%以上であると、結果として共役ジエン単位又は芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が減少して、耐候性が向上したり、室温での耐破壊性(特には、破断強度(Tb))が向上する。また、非共役オレフィン単位の含有量が97mol%以下であると、結果として共役ジエン単位又は芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が増加し、高温での耐破壊性(特には、破断伸び(Eb))が向上する。また、また、非共役オレフィン単位の含有量は、多元共重合体全体の40~97mol%の範囲が好ましく、45~95mol%の範囲がより好ましく、55~90mol%の範囲がより一層好ましい。 In the multi-component copolymer (a1), the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 45 mol% or more, and even more preferably 55 mol% or more, It is particularly preferably 60 mol% or more, more preferably 97 mol% or less, still more preferably 95 mol% or less, and even more preferably 90 mol% or less. When the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is 40 mol% or more of the entire multi-polymer, the content of the conjugated diene unit or the aromatic vinyl unit is decreased as a result, and the weather resistance is improved or the resistance at room temperature is increased. Breakability (particularly, breaking strength (Tb)) is improved. Further, when the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is 97 mol% or less, the content of the conjugated diene unit or the aromatic vinyl unit increases as a result, and fracture resistance at high temperature (particularly, elongation at break (Eb)) Will improve. Further, the content of the non-conjugated olefin unit is preferably in the range of 40 to 97 mol%, more preferably in the range of 45 to 95 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 55 to 90 mol% with respect to the entire multi-component copolymer.
 前記芳香族ビニル単位は、単量体としての芳香族ビニル化合物に由来する構成単位である。該芳香族ビニル化合物は、炭素数が8~10であることが好ましい。かかる芳香族ビニル化合物としては、スチレン、o-メチルスチレン、m-メチルスチレン、p-メチルスチレン、o,p-ジメチルスチレン、o-エチルスチレン、m-エチルスチレン、p-エチルスチレン等が挙げられる。前記芳香族ビニル化合物は、一種単独であってもよいし、二種以上の組み合わせであってもよい。そして、多元共重合体の単量体としての芳香族ビニル化合物は、得られる多元共重合体の結晶性をより低減し、かかる多元共重合体を用いた加硫ゴム組成物及びタイヤ等の耐候性をより向上させる観点から、スチレンを含むことが好ましく、スチレンのみからなることがより好ましい。別の言い方をすると、多元共重合体における芳香族ビニル単位は、スチレン単位を含むことが好ましく、スチレン単位のみからなることがより好ましい。
 なお、芳香族ビニル単位における芳香族環は、隣接する単位と結合しない限り、多元共重合体の主鎖には含まれない。
The aromatic vinyl unit is a structural unit derived from an aromatic vinyl compound as a monomer. The aromatic vinyl compound preferably has 8 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such aromatic vinyl compounds include styrene, o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, o, p-dimethylstyrene, o-ethylstyrene, m-ethylstyrene, p-ethylstyrene, and the like. . The aromatic vinyl compound may be a single type or a combination of two or more types. The aromatic vinyl compound as a monomer of the multi-component copolymer further reduces the crystallinity of the resulting multi-component copolymer, and weather resistance of vulcanized rubber compositions and tires using such a multi-component copolymer. From the viewpoint of further improving the properties, it is preferable that styrene is included, and it is more preferable that the styrene only be included. In other words, the aromatic vinyl unit in the multi-component copolymer preferably includes a styrene unit, and more preferably includes only a styrene unit.
The aromatic ring in the aromatic vinyl unit is not included in the main chain of the multi-component copolymer unless it is bonded to an adjacent unit.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)は、前記芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が、2mol%以上であることが好ましく、3mol%以上であることがさらに好ましく、また、35mol%以下であることが好ましく、30mol%以下であることがさらに好ましく、25mol%以下であることがより一層好ましい。芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が2mol%以上であると、高温における耐破壊性が向上する。また、芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が35mol%以下であると、共役ジエン単位及び非共役オレフィン単位による効果が顕著になる。また、芳香族ビニル単位の含有量は、多元共重合体全体の2~35mol%の範囲が好ましく、3~30mol%の範囲がより好ましく、3~25mol%の範囲がより一層好ましい。 In the multi-component copolymer (a1), the content of the aromatic vinyl unit is preferably 2 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, and preferably 35 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 30 mol% or less, and further more preferably 25 mol% or less. When the content of the aromatic vinyl unit is 2 mol% or more, the fracture resistance at high temperatures is improved. Moreover, the effect by a conjugated diene unit and a nonconjugated olefin unit becomes remarkable as content of an aromatic vinyl unit is 35 mol% or less. The content of the aromatic vinyl unit is preferably in the range of 2 to 35 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 30 mol%, still more preferably in the range of 3 to 25 mol% with respect to the entire multi-component copolymer.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)の単量体の種類の数としては、多元共重合体が共役ジエン単位と、非共役オレフィン単位と、芳香族ビニル単位とを含有する限り、特に制限はない。該多元共重合体(a1)は、共役ジエン単位、非共役オレフィン単位、及び芳香族ビニル単位以外の、その他の構成単位を有していてもよいが、その他の構成単位の含有量は、所望の効果を得る観点から、多元共重合体全体の30mol%以下であることが好ましく、20mol%以下であることがより好ましく、10mol%以下であることがさらに好ましく、含有しないこと、即ち、含有量が0mol%であることが特に好ましい。 The number of types of monomers of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is not particularly limited as long as the multi-component copolymer contains a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit. The multi-component copolymer (a1) may have other structural units other than the conjugated diene unit, the non-conjugated olefin unit, and the aromatic vinyl unit, but the content of the other structural unit is desired. From the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the above, it is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, still more preferably 10 mol% or less, and not contained, that is, the content of the entire multi-component copolymer. Is particularly preferably 0 mol%.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)は、耐摩耗性、耐候性及び結晶性を好ましいものとする観点から、単量体として、一種の共役ジエン化合物、一種の非共役オレフィン化合物、及び一種の芳香族ビニル化合物を少なくとも用いて重合してなる重合体であることが好ましい。別の言い方をすると、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、一種の共役ジエン単位、一種の非共役オレフィン単位、及び一種の芳香族ビニル単位を含有する多元共重合体であることが好ましく、一種の共役ジエン単位、一種の非共役オレフィン単位、及び一種の芳香族ビニル単位のみからなる三元共重合体であることがより好ましく、1,3-ブタジエン単位、エチレン単位、及びスチレン単位のみからなる三元共重合体であることがさらに好ましい。ここで、「一種の共役ジエン単位」には、異なる結合様式の共役ジエン単位が包含される。 The multi-component copolymer (a1) has a kind of conjugated diene compound, a kind of non-conjugated olefin compound, and a kind of aromatic as a monomer from the viewpoint of preferable wear resistance, weather resistance and crystallinity. A polymer obtained by polymerization using at least a vinyl compound is preferable. In other words, the multi-component copolymer (a1) is preferably a multi-component copolymer containing one kind of conjugated diene unit, one kind of non-conjugated olefin unit, and one kind of aromatic vinyl unit. More preferably, it is a terpolymer comprising only a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and a single aromatic vinyl unit, and is composed only of a 1,3-butadiene unit, an ethylene unit, and a styrene unit. More preferably, it is a terpolymer. Here, the “one type of conjugated diene unit” includes conjugated diene units having different bonding modes.
 さらにまた、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、前記共役ジエン単位の含有量が1~50mol%で、前記非共役オレフィン単位の含有量が40~97mol%で、且つ前記芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が2~35mol%であることが好ましい。この場合、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上し、また、耐候性も向上する。 Furthermore, the multi-component copolymer (a1) has a content of the conjugated diene unit of 1 to 50 mol%, a content of the non-conjugated olefin unit of 40 to 97 mol%, and a content of the aromatic vinyl unit. The amount is preferably 2 to 35 mol%. In this case, the abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved, and the weather resistance is also improved.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)は、ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)が10,000~10,000,000であることが好ましく、100,000~9,000,000であることがより好ましく、150,000~8,000,000であることがさらに好ましい。前記多元共重合体のMwが10,000以上であることにより、加硫ゴム組成物の機械的強度を十分に確保することができ、また、Mwが10,000,000以下であることにより、高い作業性を保持することができる。 The multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 10,000 to 10,000,000, more preferably 100,000 to 9,000,000. 150,000 to 8,000,000 is more preferable. When the Mw of the multi-component copolymer is 10,000 or more, the mechanical strength of the vulcanized rubber composition can be sufficiently secured, and the Mw is 10,000,000 or less. High workability can be maintained.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)は、ポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量(Mn)が10,000~10,000,000であることが好ましく、50,000~9,000,000であることがより好ましく、100,000~8,000,000であることがさらに好ましい。前記多元共重合体のMnが10,000以上であることにより、加硫ゴム組成物の機械的強度を十分に確保することができ、また、Mnが10,000,000以下であることにより、高い作業性を保持することができる。 The multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) of 10,000 to 10,000,000, more preferably 50,000 to 9,000,000. More preferably, it is 100,000 to 8,000,000. When the Mn of the multi-component copolymer is 10,000 or more, the mechanical strength of the vulcanized rubber composition can be sufficiently secured, and the Mn is 10,000,000 or less. High workability can be maintained.
 前記多元共重合体(a1)は、分子量分布[Mw/Mn(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)]が1.00~4.00であることが好ましく、1.50~3.50であることがより好ましく、1.80~3.00であることがさらに好ましい。前記多元共重合体の分子量分布が4.00以下であれば、多元共重合体の物性に十分な均質性をもたらすことができる。 The multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a molecular weight distribution [Mw / Mn (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight)] of 1.00 to 4.00, preferably 1.50 to 3.50. Is more preferable, and is more preferably 1.80 to 3.00. If the molecular weight distribution of the multi-component copolymer is 4.00 or less, sufficient homogeneity can be brought about in the physical properties of the multi-component copolymer.
 なお、上述した重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)及び分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、ポリスチレンを標準物質として求める。 The above-mentioned weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) are determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using polystyrene as a standard substance.
 また、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定した融点が30~130℃であることが好ましく、30~110℃であることがさらに好ましい。多元共重合体(a1)の融点が30℃以上であれば、多元共重合体(a1)の結晶性が高くなり、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上し、また、130℃以下であれば、氷上性能がさらに向上する。
 ここで、前記融点は、実施例に記載の方法で測定した値である。
The multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a melting point measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) of 30 to 130 ° C., more preferably 30 to 110 ° C. If the melting point of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 30 ° C. or higher, the crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is increased, the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved, and 130 ° C. or lower. If so, the performance on ice is further improved.
Here, the said melting | fusing point is the value measured by the method as described in an Example.
 さらに、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、0~120℃における示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定した吸熱ピークエネルギーが10~150J/gであることが好ましく、30~120J/gであることがさらに好ましい。多元共重合体(a1)の吸熱ピークエネルギーが10J/g以上であれば、多元共重合体(a1)の結晶性が高くなり、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上し、また、150J/g以下であれば、氷上性能がさらに向上する。
 ここで、前記吸熱ピークエネルギーは、実施例に記載の方法で測定した値である。
Further, the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has an endothermic peak energy measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) at 0 to 120 ° C. of 10 to 150 J / g, preferably 30 to 120 J / g. Is more preferable. If the endothermic peak energy of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 10 J / g or more, the crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is increased, and the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved. If it is 150 J / g or less, the performance on ice will further improve.
Here, the endothermic peak energy is a value measured by the method described in Examples.
 また、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定したガラス転移温度(Tg)が0℃以下であることが好ましく、-100~-10℃であることがさらに好ましい。多元共重合体(A1)のガラス転移温度が0℃以下であれば、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能がさらに向上する。
 ここで、前記ガラス転移温度は、実施例に記載の方法で測定した値である。
The multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a glass transition temperature (Tg) measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) of 0 ° C. or lower, more preferably −100 to −10 ° C. . When the glass transition temperature of the multi-component copolymer (A1) is 0 ° C. or lower, the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved.
Here, the said glass transition temperature is the value measured by the method as described in an Example.
 さらに、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、結晶化度が0.5~50%であることが好ましく、3~45%であることがさらに好ましく、5~45%であることがより一層好ましい。多元共重合体(a1)の結晶化度が0.5%以上であれば、非共役オレフィン単位に起因する結晶性を十分に確保して、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上する。また、多元共重合体(a1)の結晶化度が50%以下であれば、ゴム組成物の混練の際の作業性が向上し、加硫ゴム組成物の氷上性能も向上する。
 ここで、前記結晶化度は、実施例に記載の方法で測定した値である。
Furthermore, the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a crystallinity of 0.5 to 50%, more preferably 3 to 45%, and even more preferably 5 to 45%. . When the degree of crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 0.5% or more, sufficient crystallinity due to the non-conjugated olefin unit is secured, and the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition is further improved. . Moreover, if the crystallinity of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is 50% or less, the workability during kneading of the rubber composition is improved, and the performance on ice of the vulcanized rubber composition is also improved.
Here, the crystallinity is a value measured by the method described in Examples.
 さらにまた、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、主鎖が非環状構造のみからなることが好ましい。これにより、耐摩耗性をより向上させることができるためである。なお、共重合体の主鎖が環状構造を有するか否かの確認には、NMRが主要な測定手段として用いられる。具体的には、主鎖に存在する環状構造に由来するピーク(例えば、三員環~五員環については、10~24ppmに現れるピーク)が観測されない場合、その共重合体の主鎖は、非環状構造のみからなることを示す。 Furthermore, the multi-component copolymer (a1) preferably has a main chain consisting only of an acyclic structure. This is because the wear resistance can be further improved. Incidentally, NMR is used as a main measuring means for confirming whether or not the main chain of the copolymer has a cyclic structure. Specifically, when a peak derived from a cyclic structure existing in the main chain (for example, a peak appearing at 10 to 24 ppm for a three-membered ring to a five-membered ring) is not observed, the main chain of the copolymer is It shows that it consists only of an acyclic structure.
 なお、前記多元共重合体(a1)は、共役ジエン化合物と、非共役オレフィン化合物と、芳香族ビニル化合物とを単量体として用いる重合工程を経て製造でき、さらに、必要に応じ、カップリング工程、洗浄工程、その他の工程を経てもよい。
 ここで、前記多元共重合体(a1)の製造においては、触媒存在下で、共役ジエン化合物を添加せずに非共役オレフィン化合物及び芳香族ビニル化合物のみを添加し、これらを重合させることが好ましい。特に後述の重合触媒組成物を使用する場合には、非共役オレフィン化合物及び芳香族ビニル化合物より共役ジエン化合物の反応性が高いことから、共役ジエン化合物の存在下で非共役オレフィン化合物及び/又は芳香族ビニル化合物を重合させることが困難となり易い。また、先に共役ジエン化合物を重合させ、後に非共役オレフィン化合物及び芳香族ビニル化合物を付加的に重合させることも、触媒の特性上困難となり易い。
The multi-component copolymer (a1) can be produced through a polymerization process using a conjugated diene compound, a non-conjugated olefin compound, and an aromatic vinyl compound as monomers, and, if necessary, a coupling process. , A cleaning process, and other processes may be performed.
Here, in the production of the multi-component copolymer (a1), it is preferable to add only a non-conjugated olefin compound and an aromatic vinyl compound without adding a conjugated diene compound and polymerize them in the presence of a catalyst. . In particular, when the polymerization catalyst composition described later is used, the reactivity of the conjugated diene compound is higher than that of the non-conjugated olefin compound and the aromatic vinyl compound, so that the non-conjugated olefin compound and / or the aromatic compound is present in the presence of the conjugated diene compound. It is difficult to polymerize the group vinyl compound. In addition, it is easy to polymerize the conjugated diene compound first, and then additionally polymerize the non-conjugated olefin compound and the aromatic vinyl compound later due to the characteristics of the catalyst.
 重合方法としては、溶液重合法、懸濁重合法、液相塊状重合法、乳化重合法、気相重合法、固相重合法等の任意の方法を用いることができる。また、重合反応に溶媒を用いる場合、かかる溶媒としては、重合反応において不活性なものであればよく、例えば、トルエン、シクロヘキサン、ノルマルヘキサン等が挙げられる。 As the polymerization method, any method such as a solution polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, a liquid phase bulk polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a gas phase polymerization method, and a solid phase polymerization method can be used. In addition, when a solvent is used for the polymerization reaction, such a solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert in the polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include toluene, cyclohexane, and normal hexane.
 重合工程は、一段階で行ってもよく、二段階以上の多段階で行ってもよい。一段階の重合工程とは、重合させる全ての種類の単量体、即ち、共役ジエン化合物、非共役オレフィン化合物、芳香族ビニル化合物、及びその他の単量体、好ましくは、共役ジエン化合物、非共役オレフィン化合物、及び芳香族ビニル化合物を一斉に反応させて重合させる工程である。また、多段階の重合工程とは、1種類又は2種類の単量体の一部又は全部を最初に反応させて重合体を形成し(第1重合段階)、次いで、残る種類の単量体や前記1種類又は2種類の単量体の残部を添加して重合させる1以上の段階(第2重合段階~最終重合段階)を行って重合させる工程である。特に、多元共重合体の製造では、重合工程を多段階で行うことが好ましい。 The polymerization process may be performed in one stage, or may be performed in two or more stages. The one-step polymerization process means all kinds of monomers to be polymerized, that is, conjugated diene compounds, non-conjugated olefin compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds, and other monomers, preferably conjugated diene compounds, non-conjugated. In this step, the olefin compound and the aromatic vinyl compound are polymerized by reacting simultaneously. The multi-stage polymerization process means that a polymer is formed by first reacting part or all of one or two kinds of monomers (first polymerization stage), and then the remaining kinds of monomers. Or a step of polymerizing by performing one or more stages (second polymerization stage to final polymerization stage) in which the remainder of the one or two kinds of monomers is added and polymerized. In particular, in the production of multi-component copolymers, it is preferable to carry out the polymerization process in multiple stages.
 重合工程において、重合反応は、不活性ガス、好ましくは窒素ガスやアルゴンガスの雰囲気下において行われることが好ましい。上記重合反応の重合温度は、特に制限されないが、例えば、-100℃~200℃の範囲が好ましく、室温程度とすることもできる。また、上記重合反応の圧力は、共役ジエン化合物を十分に重合反応系中に取り込むため、0.1~10.0MPaの範囲が好ましい。また、上記重合反応の反応時間も特に制限がなく、例えば、1秒~10日の範囲が好ましいが、重合触媒の種類、重合温度等の条件によって適宜選択することができる。
 また、前記共役ジエン化合物の重合工程においては、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール等の重合停止剤を用いて、重合を停止させてもよい。
In the polymerization step, the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen gas or argon gas. The polymerization temperature of the polymerization reaction is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of −100 ° C. to 200 ° C., for example, and can be about room temperature. The pressure for the polymerization reaction is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10.0 MPa in order to sufficiently incorporate the conjugated diene compound into the polymerization reaction system. Also, the reaction time of the above polymerization reaction is not particularly limited and is preferably in the range of, for example, 1 second to 10 days, but can be appropriately selected depending on conditions such as the type of polymerization catalyst and polymerization temperature.
In the polymerization step of the conjugated diene compound, the polymerization may be stopped using a polymerization terminator such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol or the like.
 前記重合工程は、多段階で行うことが好ましい。より好ましくは、少なくとも芳香族ビニル化合物を含む第1単量体原料と、重合触媒とを混合して重合混合物を得る第1工程と、前記重合混合物に対し、共役ジエン化合物、非共役オレフィン化合物及び芳香族ビニル化合物よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含む第2単量体原料を導入する第2工程とを実施することが好ましい。さらに、上記第1単量体原料が共役ジエン化合物を含まず、且つ上記第2単量体原料が共役ジエン化合物を含むことがより好ましい。 The polymerization process is preferably performed in multiple stages. More preferably, a first step of obtaining a polymerization mixture by mixing a first monomer raw material containing at least an aromatic vinyl compound and a polymerization catalyst, and a conjugated diene compound, a non-conjugated olefin compound, and It is preferable to carry out the second step of introducing the second monomer raw material containing at least one selected from the group consisting of aromatic vinyl compounds. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the first monomer raw material does not contain a conjugated diene compound, and the second monomer raw material contains a conjugated diene compound.
 前記第1工程で用いる第1単量体原料は、芳香族ビニル化合物とともに、非共役オレフィン化合物を含有してもよい。また、第1単量体原料は、使用する芳香族ビニル化合物の全量を含有してもよく、一部のみを含有してもよい。また、非共役オレフィン化合物は、第1単量体原料及び第2単量体原料の少なくともいずれかに含有される。 The first monomer raw material used in the first step may contain a non-conjugated olefin compound together with the aromatic vinyl compound. Moreover, the 1st monomer raw material may contain the whole quantity of the aromatic vinyl compound to be used, and may contain only one part. The non-conjugated olefin compound is contained in at least one of the first monomer raw material and the second monomer raw material.
 前記第1工程は、反応器内で、不活性ガス、好ましくは窒素ガス又はアルゴンガスの雰囲気下において行われることが好ましい。第1工程における温度(反応温度)は、特に制限はないが、例えば、-100℃~200℃の範囲が好ましく、室温程度とすることもできる。また、第1工程における圧力は、特に制限はないが、芳香族ビニル化合物を十分に重合反応系中に取り込むため、0.1~10.0MPaの範囲が好ましい。また、第1工程に費やす時間(反応時間)は、重合触媒の種類、反応温度等の条件によって適宜選択することができるが、例えば、反応温度を25~80℃とした場合には、5分~500分の範囲が好ましい。 The first step is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen gas or argon gas, in the reactor. The temperature (reaction temperature) in the first step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of −100 ° C. to 200 ° C., for example, and can be about room temperature. The pressure in the first step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10.0 MPa in order to sufficiently incorporate the aromatic vinyl compound into the polymerization reaction system. The time spent in the first step (reaction time) can be appropriately selected depending on conditions such as the type of polymerization catalyst and reaction temperature. For example, when the reaction temperature is 25 to 80 ° C., 5 minutes A range of ˜500 minutes is preferred.
 前記第1工程において、重合混合物を得るための重合方法としては、溶液重合法、懸濁重合法、液相塊状重合法、乳化重合法、気相重合法、固相重合法等の任意の方法を用いることができる。また、重合反応に溶媒を用いる場合、かかる溶媒としては、重合反応において不活性なものであればよく、例えば、トルエン、シクロヘキサノン、ノルマルヘキサン等が挙げられる。 In the first step, the polymerization method for obtaining the polymerization mixture may be any method such as a solution polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, a liquid phase bulk polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a gas phase polymerization method, and a solid phase polymerization method. Can be used. Further, when a solvent is used for the polymerization reaction, such a solvent may be any inactive in the polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include toluene, cyclohexanone, normal hexane and the like.
 前記第2工程で用いる第2単量体原料は、共役ジエン化合物のみ、又は、共役ジエン化合物及び非共役オレフィン化合物、又は、共役ジエン化合物及び芳香族ビニル化合物、又は、共役ジエン化合物、非共役オレフィン化合物及び芳香族ビニル化合物であることが好ましい。
 なお、第2単量体原料が、共役ジエン化合物以外に非共役オレフィン化合物及び芳香族ビニル化合物よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含む場合には、予めこれらの単量体原料を溶媒等と共に混合した後に重合混合物に導入してもよく、各単量体原料を単独の状態から導入してもよい。また、各単量体原料は、同時に添加してもよく、逐次添加してもよい。第2工程において、重合混合物に対して第2単量体原料を導入する方法としては、特に制限はないが、各単量体原料の流量を制御して、重合混合物に対して連続的に添加すること(所謂、ミータリング)が好ましい。ここで、重合反応系の条件下で気体である単量体原料(例えば、室温、常圧の条件下における非共役オレフィン化合物としてのエチレン等)を用いる場合には、所定の圧力で重合反応系に導入することができる。
The second monomer raw material used in the second step is a conjugated diene compound only, or a conjugated diene compound and a non-conjugated olefin compound, or a conjugated diene compound and an aromatic vinyl compound, or a conjugated diene compound or a non-conjugated olefin. It is preferable that they are a compound and an aromatic vinyl compound.
In addition, when the second monomer raw material includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a non-conjugated olefin compound and an aromatic vinyl compound in addition to the conjugated diene compound, these monomer raw materials are preliminarily used as a solvent or the like. After mixing together, it may be introduced into the polymerization mixture, or each monomer raw material may be introduced from a single state. Moreover, each monomer raw material may be added simultaneously, and may be added sequentially. In the second step, the method for introducing the second monomer raw material into the polymerization mixture is not particularly limited, but it is continuously added to the polymerization mixture by controlling the flow rate of each monomer raw material. It is preferable to perform (so-called metering). Here, when a monomer raw material that is a gas under the conditions of the polymerization reaction system (for example, ethylene as a non-conjugated olefin compound under the conditions of room temperature and atmospheric pressure) is used, the polymerization reaction system is used at a predetermined pressure. Can be introduced.
 前記第2工程は、反応器内で、不活性ガス、好ましくは窒素ガス又はアルゴンガスの雰囲気下において行われることが好ましい。第2工程における温度(反応温度)は、特に制限はないが、例えば、-100℃~200℃の範囲が好ましく、室温程度とすることもできる。なお、反応温度を上げると、共役ジエン単位におけるシス-1,4結合の選択性が低下することがある。また、第2工程における圧力は、特に制限はないが、共役ジエン化合物等の単量体を十分に重合反応系に取り込むため、0.1~10.0MPaの範囲が好ましい。また、第2工程に費やす時間(反応時間)は、重合触媒の種類、反応温度等の条件によって適宜選択することができるが、例えば、0.1時間~10日の範囲が好ましい。
 また、第2工程においては、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール等の重合停止剤を用いて、重合反応を停止させてもよい。
The second step is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen gas or argon gas, in the reactor. The temperature (reaction temperature) in the second step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of −100 ° C. to 200 ° C., for example, and can be about room temperature. When the reaction temperature is raised, the selectivity of cis-1,4 bond in the conjugated diene unit may be lowered. The pressure in the second step is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10.0 MPa in order to sufficiently incorporate monomers such as a conjugated diene compound into the polymerization reaction system. The time spent in the second step (reaction time) can be appropriately selected depending on conditions such as the type of polymerization catalyst and reaction temperature, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 hour to 10 days, for example.
In the second step, the polymerization reaction may be stopped using a polymerization terminator such as methanol, ethanol, or isopropanol.
 ここで、上記の非共役オレフィン化合物、芳香族ビニル化合物、共役ジエン化合物の重合工程は、下記に示す触媒成分の存在下で、各種単量体を重合させる工程を含むことが好ましい。
 触媒成分としては、例えば、(A)~(F)の成分が挙げられ、各成分を1種以上用いることができ、下記(A)~(F)成分の2種以上を組み合わせて、触媒組成物として用いることがより好ましい。
 (A)成分:希土類元素化合物又は該希土類元素化合物とルイス塩基との反応物
 (B)成分:有機金属化合物
 (C)成分:アルミノキサン
 (D)成分:イオン性化合物
 (E)成分:ハロゲン化合物
 (F)成分:置換又は無置換のシクロペンタジエン(シクロペンタジエニル基を有する化合物)、置換又は無置換のインデン(インデニル基を有する化合物)、及び、置換又は無置換のフルオレン(フルオレニル基を有する化合物)から選択されるシクロペンタジエン骨格含有化合物(以下、単に「シクロペンタジエン骨格含有化合物」と称することがある。)
Here, the polymerization step of the non-conjugated olefin compound, aromatic vinyl compound, and conjugated diene compound preferably includes a step of polymerizing various monomers in the presence of the catalyst component described below.
Examples of the catalyst component include components (A) to (F). One or more of each component can be used, and a combination of two or more of the following components (A) to (F) More preferably, it is used as a product.
(A) Component: Rare earth element compound or reaction product of the rare earth element compound and Lewis base (B) Component: Organometallic compound (C) Component: Aluminoxane (D) Component: Ionic compound (E) Component: Halogen compound ( F) Component: substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadiene (compound having a cyclopentadienyl group), substituted or unsubstituted indene (compound having an indenyl group), and substituted or unsubstituted fluorene (compound having a fluorenyl group) ) -Containing cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound (hereinafter, simply referred to as “cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound”)
 以下、(A)~(F)成分について詳細に説明する。
 前記希土類元素化合物又は該希土類元素化合物とルイス塩基との反応物((A)成分)としては、希土類元素-炭素結合を有する、希土類元素化合物又は該希土類元素化合物とルイス塩基との反応物(以下、「(A-1)成分」ともいう。)、希土類元素-炭素結合を有しない、希土類元素化合物又は該希土類元素化合物とルイス塩基との反応物(以下、「(A-2)成分」ともいう。)が挙げられる。
Hereinafter, components (A) to (F) will be described in detail.
Examples of the rare earth element compound or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base (component (A)) include a rare earth element compound having a rare earth element-carbon bond, or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base (hereinafter referred to as a rare earth element compound). , Also referred to as “component (A-1)”), a rare earth element compound having no rare earth element-carbon bond, or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base (hereinafter referred to as “component (A-2)”) Say).
(A-1)希土類元素-炭素結合を有する、該希土類元素化合物又は反応物
 前記(A-1)成分としては、例えば、下記一般式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(式中、Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、Cpは、それぞれ独立して無置換もしくは置換インデニルを示し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~3のアルキル基又は水素原子を示し、Lは、中性ルイス塩基を示し、wは、0~3の整数を示す)で表されるメタロセン錯体、及び下記一般式(II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(式中、Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、Cpは、それぞれ独立して無置換もしくは置換インデニルを示し、X’は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオラート基、アミノ基、シリル基又は炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基を示し、Lは、中性ルイス塩基を示し、wは、0~3の整数を示す)で表されるメタロセン錯体、並びに、下記一般式(III):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式中、Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、CpR’は、無置換もしくは置換シクロペンタジエニル、インデニル又はフルオレニルを示し、Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオラート基、アミノ基、シリル基又は炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基を示し、Lは、中性ルイス塩基を示し、wは、0~3の整数を示し、[B]は、非配位性アニオンを示す)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体
からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の錯体を含む。
(A-1) The rare earth element compound or reactant having a rare earth element-carbon bond As the component (A-1), for example, the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
( Wherein M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, Cp R each independently represents an unsubstituted or substituted indenyl group, and R a to R f each independently represents an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. A metallocene complex represented by the following formula (II): and a group or a hydrogen atom, L represents a neutral Lewis base, and w represents an integer of 0 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(In the formula, M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, Cp R each independently represents an unsubstituted or substituted indenyl group, and X ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group. , A silyl group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, L represents a neutral Lewis base, and w represents an integer of 0 to 3, and a metallocene complex represented by Formula (III):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In the formula, M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, Cp R ′ represents unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl, indenyl or fluorenyl, and X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group or a thiolate group. , An amino group, a silyl group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, L represents a neutral Lewis base, w represents an integer of 0 to 3, and [B] represents non- At least one complex selected from the group consisting of half metallocene cation complexes represented by
 上記一般式(I)及び(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体において、式中のCpは、無置換インデニル又は置換インデニルである。インデニル環を基本骨格とするCpは、C7-x又はC11-xで示され得る。ここで、Xは、0~7又は0~11の整数である。また、Rは、それぞれ独立してヒドロカルビル基又はメタロイド基であることが好ましい。ヒドロカルビル基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましく、1~10であることがさらに好ましく、1~8であることが一層好ましい。該ヒドロカルビル基として、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基等が好適に挙げられる。一方、メタロイド基のメタロイドの例としては、ゲルミルGe、スタニルSn、シリルSiが挙げられ、また、メタロイド基は、ヒドロカルビル基を有することが好ましく、メタロイド基が有するヒドロカルビル基は、上記のヒドロカルビル基と同様である。該メタロイド基として、具体的には、トリメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。置換インデニルとして、具体的には、2-フェニルインデニル、2-メチルインデニル等が挙げられる。なお、一般式(I)及び(II)における二つのCpは、それぞれ互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。 In the metallocene complexes represented by the above general formulas (I) and (II), Cp R in the formula is unsubstituted indenyl or substituted indenyl. Cp R having an indenyl ring as a basic skeleton can be represented by C 9 H 7-x R x or C 9 H 11-x R x . Here, X is an integer of 0 to 7 or 0 to 11. In addition, each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8. Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group. On the other hand, examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same. Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group. Specific examples of the substituted indenyl include 2-phenylindenyl, 2-methylindenyl and the like. Note that the two Cp Rs in the general formulas (I) and (II) may be the same or different from each other.
 上記一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体において、式中のCpR’は、無置換もしくは置換のシクロペンタジエニル、インデニル又はフルオレニルであり、これらの中でも、無置換もしくは置換のインデニルであることが好ましい。 In the half metallocene cation complex represented by the above general formula (III), Cp R ′ in the formula is unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl, indenyl or fluorenyl, and among these, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl It is preferable that
 一般式(III)において、上記シクロペンタジエニル環を基本骨格とするCpR’は、C5-xで示される。ここで、Xは、0~5の整数である。また、Rは、それぞれ独立してヒドロカルビル基又はメタロイド基であることが好ましい。ヒドロカルビル基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましく、1~10であることがさらに好ましく、1~8であることが一層好ましい。該ヒドロカルビル基として、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基等が好適に挙げられる。一方、メタロイド基のメタロイドの例としては、ゲルミルGe、スタニルSn、シリルSiが挙げられ、また、メタロイド基は、ヒドロカルビル基を有することが好ましく、メタロイド基が有するヒドロカルビル基は、上記のヒドロカルビル基と同様である。該メタロイド基として、具体的には、トリメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。シクロペンタジエニル環を基本骨格とするCpR’として、具体的には、以下のものが例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式中、Rは水素原子、メチル基又はエチル基を示す。)
In the general formula (III), Cp R ′ having the cyclopentadienyl ring as a basic skeleton is represented by C 5 H 5-x R x . Here, X is an integer of 0 to 5. In addition, each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8. Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group. On the other hand, examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same. Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group. Specific examples of Cp R ′ having a cyclopentadienyl ring as a basic skeleton include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group.)
 一般式(III)において、上記インデニル環を基本骨格とするCpR’は、一般式(I)及び(II)のCpと同様に定義され、好ましい例も同様である。 In the general formula (III), Cp R ′ having the indenyl ring as a basic skeleton is defined in the same manner as Cp R in the general formulas (I) and (II), and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
 一般式(III)において、上記フルオレニル環を基本骨格とするCpR’は、C139-x又はC1317-xで示され得る。ここで、Xは、0~9又は0~17の整数である。また、Rは、それぞれ独立してヒドロカルビル基又はメタロイド基であることが好ましい。ヒドロカルビル基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましく、1~10であることがさらに好ましく、1~8であることが一層好ましい。該ヒドロカルビル基として、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基等が好適に挙げられる。一方、メタロイド基のメタロイドの例としては、ゲルミルGe、スタニルSn、シリルSiが挙げられ、また、メタロイド基は、ヒドロカルビル基を有することが好ましく、メタロイド基が有するヒドロカルビル基は、上記のヒドロカルビル基と同様である。該メタロイド基として、具体的には、トリメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。 In the general formula (III), Cp R ′ having the fluorenyl ring as a basic skeleton can be represented by C 13 H 9-x R x or C 13 H 17-x R x . Here, X is an integer of 0 to 9 or 0 to 17. In addition, each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8. Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group. On the other hand, examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same. Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
 一般式(I)、(II)及び(III)における中心金属Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムである。ランタノイド元素には、原子番号57~71の15元素が含まれ、これらのいずれでもよい。中心金属Mとしては、サマリウムSm、ネオジムNd、プラセオジムPr、ガドリニウムGd、セリウムCe、ホルミウムHo、スカンジウムSc及びイットリウムYが好適に挙げられる。 The central metal M in the general formulas (I), (II) and (III) is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium. The lanthanoid elements include 15 elements having atomic numbers of 57 to 71, and any of these may be used. Preferred examples of the central metal M include samarium Sm, neodymium Nd, praseodymium Pr, gadolinium Gd, cerium Ce, holmium Ho, scandium Sc, and yttrium Y.
 一般式(I)で表されるメタロセン錯体は、シリルアミド配位子[-N(SiR]を含む。シリルアミド配位子に含まれるR基(一般式(I)におけるR~R)は、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~3のアルキル基又は水素原子である。また、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つが水素原子であることが好ましい。R~Rのうち少なくとも一つを水素原子にすることで、触媒の合成が容易になり、また、ケイ素まわりの嵩高さが低くなるため、非共役オレフィン化合物や芳香族ビニル化合物が導入され易くなる。同様の観点から、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つが水素原子であり、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つが水素原子であることがさらに好ましい。さらに、アルキル基としては、メチル基が好ましい。 The metallocene complex represented by the general formula (I) includes a silylamide ligand [—N (SiR 3 ) 2 ]. The R groups contained in the silylamide ligand (R a to R f in the general formula (I)) are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. In addition, at least one of R a to R f is preferably a hydrogen atom. By making at least one of R a to R f a hydrogen atom, the synthesis of the catalyst is facilitated, and the bulk around silicon is reduced, so that non-conjugated olefin compounds and aromatic vinyl compounds are introduced. It becomes easy. From the same viewpoint, it is more preferable that at least one of R a to R c is a hydrogen atom and at least one of R d to R f is a hydrogen atom. Further, the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group.
 一般式(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体は、シリル配位子[-SiX’]を含む。シリル配位子[-SiX’]に含まれるX'は、下記で説明される一般式(III)のXと同様に定義される基であり、好ましい基も同様である。 The metallocene complex represented by the general formula (II) contains a silyl ligand [—SiX ′ 3 ]. X ′ contained in the silyl ligand [—SiX ′ 3 ] is a group defined in the same manner as X in the general formula (III) described below, and preferred groups are also the same.
 一般式(III)において、Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオラート基、アミノ基、シリル基及び炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基からなる群より選択される基である。ここで、Xが表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子のいずれでもよいが、塩素原子又は臭素原子が好ましい。 In the general formula (III), X is a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group, a silyl group, and a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. . Here, the halogen atom represented by X may be any of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, but is preferably a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
 一般式(III)において、Xが表すアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基等の脂肪族アルコキシ基;フェノキシ基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェノキシ基、2,6-ジイソプロピルフェノキシ基、2,6-ジネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-イソプロピルフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-ネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2-イソプロピル-6-ネオペンチルフェノキシ基等のアリールオキシ基が挙げられ、これらの中でも、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェノキシ基が好ましい。 In the general formula (III), the alkoxy group represented by X is an aliphatic alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, or a tert-butoxy group; a phenoxy group 2,6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group, 2,6-diisopropylphenoxy group, 2,6-dineopentylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6 Examples include aryloxy groups such as -neopentylphenoxy group and 2-isopropyl-6-neopentylphenoxy group. Among these, 2,6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group is preferable.
 一般式(III)において、Xが表すチオラート基としては、チオメトキシ基、チオエトキシ基、チオプロポキシ基、チオn-ブトキシ基、チオイソブトキシ基、チオsec-ブトキシ基、チオtert-ブトキシ基等の脂肪族チオラート基;チオフェノキシ基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルチオフェノキシ基、2,6-ジイソプロピルチオフェノキシ基、2,6-ジネオペンチルチオフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-イソプロピルチオフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-チオネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2-イソプロピル-6-チオネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2,4,6-トリイソプロピルチオフェノキシ基等のアリールチオラート基が挙げられ、これらの中でも、2,4,6-トリイソプロピルチオフェノキシ基が好ましい。
 一般式(III)において、Xが表すアミノ基としては、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基等の脂肪族アミノ基;フェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジイソプロピルフェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-イソプロピルフェニルアミノ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-ネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2-イソプロピル-6-ネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2,4,6-トリ-tert-ブチルフェニルアミノ基等のアリールアミノ基;ビストリメチルシリルアミノ基等のビストリアルキルシリルアミノ基が挙げられ、これらの中でも、ビストリメチルシリルアミノ基が好ましい。
In the general formula (III), the thiolate group represented by X includes a thiomethoxy group, a thioethoxy group, a thiopropoxy group, a thio n-butoxy group, a thioisobutoxy group, a thiosec-butoxy group, a thiotert-butoxy group and the like Group thiolate group; thiophenoxy group, 2,6-di-tert-butylthiophenoxy group, 2,6-diisopropylthiophenoxy group, 2,6-dineopentylthiophenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropyl Arylthiolate groups such as thiophenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-thioneopentylphenoxy group, 2-isopropyl-6-thioneopentylphenoxy group, 2,4,6-triisopropylthiophenoxy group, etc. Among these, 2,4,6-triisopropylthiophenoxy group Preferred.
In the general formula (III), the amino group represented by X is an aliphatic amino group such as a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group or a diisopropylamino group; a phenylamino group, a 2,6-di-tert-butylphenylamino group, 2 , 6-diisopropylphenylamino group, 2,6-dineopentylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, 2-isopropyl- Examples thereof include arylamino groups such as 6-neopentylphenylamino group and 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenylamino group; bistrialkylsilylamino groups such as bistrimethylsilylamino group. Among these, bistrimethylsilylamino Groups are preferred.
 一般式(III)において、Xが表すシリル基としては、トリメチルシリル基、トリス(トリメチルシリル)シリル基、ビス(トリメチルシリル)メチルシリル基、トリメチルシリル(ジメチル)シリル基、トリイソプロピルシリル(ビストリメチルシリル)シリル基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、トリス(トリメチルシリル)シリル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (III), examples of the silyl group represented by X include trimethylsilyl group, tris (trimethylsilyl) silyl group, bis (trimethylsilyl) methylsilyl group, trimethylsilyl (dimethyl) silyl group, triisopropylsilyl (bistrimethylsilyl) silyl group, and the like. Among these, a tris (trimethylsilyl) silyl group is preferable.
 一般式(III)において、Xが表す炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基として、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基等の直鎖又は分枝鎖の脂肪族炭化水素基;フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等の芳香族炭化水素基;ベンジル基等のアラルキル基等の他;トリメチルシリルメチル基、ビストリメチルシリルメチル基等のケイ素原子を含有する炭化水素基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、トリメチルシリルメチル基等が好ましい。一般式(III)において、Xとしては、ビストリメチルシリルアミノ基又は炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基が好ましい。 In the general formula (III), as the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by X, specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group , Sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group and other linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups; phenyl group, tolyl group, naphthyl group and other aromatic hydrocarbon groups; In addition to aralkyl groups such as benzyl groups; hydrocarbon groups containing silicon atoms such as trimethylsilylmethyl groups and bistrimethylsilylmethyl groups, etc., among these, methyl groups, ethyl groups, isobutyl groups, trimethylsilylmethyl groups, etc. Is preferred. In general formula (III), X is preferably a bistrimethylsilylamino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 一般式(III)において、[B]で示される非配位性アニオンとしては、例えば、4価のホウ素アニオンが挙げられる。該4価のホウ素アニオンとして、具体的には、テトラフェニルボレート、テトラキス(モノフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(ジフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(トリフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(テトラフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(テトラフルオロメチルフェニル)ボレート、テトラ(トリル)ボレート、テトラ(キシリル)ボレート、(トリフェニル、ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、[トリス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)、フェニル]ボレート、トリデカハイドライド-7,8-ジカルバウンデカボレート等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートが好ましい。 In the general formula (III), [B] - The non-coordinating anion represented by, for example, a tetravalent boron anion. Specific examples of the tetravalent boron anion include tetraphenyl borate, tetrakis (monofluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (difluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (trifluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis ( Pentafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluoromethylphenyl) borate, tetra (tolyl) borate, tetra (xylyl) borate, (triphenyl, pentafluorophenyl) borate, [tris (pentafluorophenyl), phenyl] borate, tri Decahydride-7,8-dicarboundeborate is exemplified, and among these, tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate is preferable.
 上記一般式(I)及び(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体、並びに上記一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体は、さらに0~3個、好ましくは0~1個の中性ルイス塩基Lを含む。ここで、中性ルイス塩基Lとしては、例えば、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジメチルアニリン、トリメチルホスフィン、塩化リチウム、中性のオレフィン類、中性のジオレフィン類等が挙げられる。ここで、上記錯体が複数の中性ルイス塩基Lを含む場合、中性ルイス塩基Lは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 また、上記一般式(I)及び(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体、並びに上記一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体は、単量体として存在していてもよく、二量体又はそれ以上の多量体として存在していてもよい。
The metallocene complex represented by the above general formulas (I) and (II) and the half metallocene cation complex represented by the above general formula (III) may further have 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 1, neutral Lewis Contains base L. Here, examples of the neutral Lewis base L include tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethylaniline, trimethylphosphine, lithium chloride, neutral olefins, neutral diolefins, and the like. Here, when the complex includes a plurality of neutral Lewis bases L, the neutral Lewis bases L may be the same or different.
In addition, the metallocene complex represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) and the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) may exist as a monomer, or a dimer. Or it may exist as a multimer more than that.
 上記一般式(I)で表されるメタロセン錯体は、例えば、溶媒中でランタノイドトリスハライド、スカンジウムトリスハライド又はイットリウムトリスハライドを、インデニルの塩(例えばカリウム塩やリチウム塩)及びビス(トリアルキルシリル)アミンの塩(例えば、カリウム塩やリチウム塩)と反応させることで得ることができる。なお、反応温度は室温程度にすればよいので、温和な条件で製造することができる。また、反応時間は任意であるが、数時間~数十時間程度である。反応溶媒は特に限定されないが、原料及び生成物を溶解する溶媒であることが好ましく、例えばトルエンを用いればよい。以下に、一般式(I)で表されるメタロセン錯体を得るための反応例を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式中、X’’はハライドを示す。)
The metallocene complex represented by the general formula (I) includes, for example, a lanthanoid trishalide, scandium trishalide or yttrium trishalide in a solvent, an indenyl salt (for example, potassium salt or lithium salt) and bis (trialkylsilyl). It can be obtained by reacting with an amine salt (for example, potassium salt or lithium salt). In addition, since reaction temperature should just be about room temperature, it can manufacture on mild conditions. The reaction time is arbitrary, but is about several hours to several tens of hours. The reaction solvent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that dissolves the raw material and the product. For example, toluene may be used. Below, the reaction example for obtaining the metallocene complex represented by general formula (I) is shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In the formula, X ″ represents a halide.)
 上記一般式(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体は、例えば、溶媒中でランタノイドトリスハライド、スカンジウムトリスハライド又はイットリウムトリスハライドを、インデニルの塩(例えばカリウム塩やリチウム塩)及びシリルの塩(例えばカリウム塩やリチウム塩)と反応させることで得ることができる。なお、反応温度は、室温程度にすればよいので、温和な条件で製造することができる。また、反応時間は、任意であるが、数時間~数十時間程度である。反応溶媒は、特に限定されないが、原料及び生成物を溶解する溶媒であることが好ましく、例えばトルエンを用いればよい。以下に、一般式(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体を得るための反応例を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(式中、X’’はハライドを示す。)
The metallocene complex represented by the general formula (II) includes, for example, a lanthanoid trishalide, scandium trishalide or yttrium trishalide in a solvent, an indenyl salt (for example, potassium salt or lithium salt), and a silyl salt (for example, potassium). Salt or lithium salt). In addition, since reaction temperature should just be about room temperature, it can manufacture on mild conditions. The reaction time is arbitrary, but it is about several hours to several tens of hours. The reaction solvent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that dissolves the raw material and the product. For example, toluene may be used. Below, the example of reaction for obtaining the metallocene complex represented by general formula (II) is shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(In the formula, X ″ represents a halide.)
 上記一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体は、例えば、次の反応により得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
The half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) can be obtained, for example, by the following reaction.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 ここで、一般式(IV)で表される化合物において、Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、CpR’は、それぞれ独立して無置換もしくは置換シクロペンタジエニル、インデニル又はフルオレニルを示し、Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオラート基、アミノ基、シリル基又は炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基を示し、Lは、中性ルイス塩基を示し、wは、0~3の整数を示す。また、一般式[A][B]で表されるイオン性化合物において、[A]は、カチオンを示し、[B]は、非配位性アニオンを示す。 Here, in the compound represented by the general formula (IV), M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, and Cp R ′ independently represents unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl, indenyl or fluorenyl. , X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group, a silyl group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, L represents a neutral Lewis base, w is An integer from 0 to 3 is shown. In the ionic compound represented by the general formula [A] + [B] , [A] + represents a cation, and [B] represents a non-coordinating anion.
 [A]で表されるカチオンとしては、例えば、カルボニウムカチオン、オキソニウムカチオン、アミンカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、シクロヘプタトリエニルカチオン、遷移金属を有するフェロセニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。カルボニウムカチオンとしては、トリフェニルカルボニウムカチオン、トリ(置換フェニル)カルボニウムカチオン等の三置換カルボニウムカチオン等が挙げられ、トリ(置換フェニル)カルボニルカチオンとして、具体的には、トリ(メチルフェニル)カルボニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。アミンカチオンとしては、トリメチルアンモニウムカチオン、トリエチルアンモニウムカチオン、トリプロピルアンモニウムカチオン、トリブチルアンモニウムカチオン等のトリアルキルアンモニウムカチオン;N,N-ジメチルアニリニウムカチオン、N,N-ジエチルアニリニウムカチオン、N,N-2,4,6-ペンタメチルアニリニウムカチオン等のN,N-ジアルキルアニリニウムカチオン;ジイソプロピルアンモニウムカチオン、ジシクロヘキシルアンモニウムカチオン等のジアルキルアンモニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。ホスホニウムカチオンとしては、トリフェニルホスホニウムカチオン、トリ(メチルフェニル)ホスホニウムカチオン、トリ(ジメチルフェニル)ホスホニウムカチオン等のトリアリールホスホニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。これらカチオンの中でも、N,N-ジアルキルアニリニウムカチオン又はカルボニウムカチオンが好ましく、N,N-ジアルキルアニリニウムカチオンが特に好ましい。 [A] Examples of the cation represented by + include a carbonium cation, an oxonium cation, an amine cation, a phosphonium cation, a cycloheptatrienyl cation, and a ferrocenium cation having a transition metal. Examples of the carbonium cation include trisubstituted carbonium cations such as a triphenylcarbonium cation and a tri (substituted phenyl) carbonium cation. As the tri (substituted phenyl) carbonyl cation, specifically, tri (methylphenyl) ) Carbonium cation and the like. Examples of amine cations include trialkylammonium cations such as trimethylammonium cation, triethylammonium cation, tripropylammonium cation, and tributylammonium cation; N, N-dimethylanilinium cation, N, N-diethylanilinium cation, N, N— N, N-dialkylanilinium cations such as 2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium cation; dialkylammonium cations such as diisopropylammonium cation and dicyclohexylammonium cation. Examples of the phosphonium cation include triarylphosphonium cations such as triphenylphosphonium cation, tri (methylphenyl) phosphonium cation, and tri (dimethylphenyl) phosphonium cation. Among these cations, N, N-dialkylanilinium cation or carbonium cation is preferable, and N, N-dialkylanilinium cation is particularly preferable.
 上記反応に用いる一般式[A][B]で表されるイオン性化合物としては、上記の非配位性アニオン及びカチオンからそれぞれ選択し組み合わせた化合物であって、N,N-ジメチルアニリニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、トリフェニルカルボニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート等が好ましい。また、一般式[A][B]で表されるイオン性化合物は、メタロセン錯体に対して0.1~10倍mol加えることが好ましく、約1倍mol加えることがさらに好ましい。なお、一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体を重合反応に用いる場合、一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体をそのまま重合反応系中に提供してもよいし、上記反応に用いる一般式(IV)で表される化合物と一般式[A][B]で表されるイオン性化合物を別個に重合反応系中に提供し、反応系中に一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体を形成させてもよい。また、一般式(I)又は(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体と一般式[A][B]で表されるイオン性化合物とを組み合わせて使用することにより、反応系中に一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体を形成させることもできる。 The ionic compound represented by the general formula [A] + [B] used in the above reaction is a compound selected and combined from the above non-coordinating anions and cations, and is an N, N-dimethylaniline. Preference is given to nium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, triphenylcarbonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate and the like. The ionic compound represented by the general formula [A] + [B] is preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 10 times mol, more preferably about 1 time mol based on the metallocene complex. When the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) is used for the polymerization reaction, the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) may be provided as it is in the polymerization reaction system, or compounds of the general formula represented by the general formula (IV) used in the reaction [a] + [B] - provides separately into the polymerization reaction system an ionic compound represented by the general formula in the reaction system (III You may form the half metallocene cation complex represented by this. Further, by using a combination of a metallocene complex represented by the general formula (I) or (II) and an ionic compound represented by the general formula [A] + [B] , A half metallocene cation complex represented by (III) can also be formed.
 上記一般式(I)及び(II)で表されるメタロセン錯体、並びに上記一般式(III)で表されるハーフメタロセンカチオン錯体の構造は、X線構造解析により決定することが好ましい。
さらに、別の(A-1)成分としては、
下記一般式(V):
   RMXQY・・・(V)
(式中、Rは、それぞれ独立して無置換もしくは置換インデニルを示し、該RはMに配位しており、Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、Xは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基を示し、該XはM及びQにμ配位しており、Qは、周期律表第13族元素を示し、Yは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基又は水素原子を示し、該YはQに配位しており、a及びbは、2である)で表されるメタロセン系複合触媒が挙げられる。
The structures of the metallocene complexes represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) and the half metallocene cation complex represented by the general formula (III) are preferably determined by X-ray structural analysis.
Furthermore, as another (A-1) component,
The following general formula (V):
R a MX b QY b (V)
(In the formula, each R independently represents unsubstituted or substituted indenyl, the R is coordinated to M, M represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, and each X independently represents carbon. 1 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20, wherein X is μ-coordinated to M and Q, Q represents a group 13 element of the periodic table, and Y represents each independently a carbon number 1 to 20 monovalent hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms, wherein Y is coordinated to Q, and a and b are 2).
 上記メタロセン系複合触媒の好適例においては、下記一般式(VI):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式中、Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、Cpは、それぞれ独立して無置換もしくは置換インデニルを示し、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を示し、該R及びRは、M及びAlにμ配位しており、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の炭化水素基又は水素原子を示す)で表されるメタロセン系複合触媒が挙げられる。
 上記メタロセン系重合触媒を用いることで、多元共重合体を製造することができる。また、上記メタロセン系複合触媒、例えば予めアルミニウム触媒と複合させてなる触媒を用いることで、多元共重合体合成時に使用されるアルキルアルミニウムの量を低減したり、無くしたりすることが可能となる。なお、従来の触媒系を用いると、多元共重合体合成時に大量のアルキルアルミニウムを用いる必要がある。例えば、従来の触媒系では、金属触媒に対して10モル当量以上のアルキルアルミニウムを用いる必要があるところ、上記メタロセン系複合触媒であれば、5モル当量程度のアルキルアルミニウムを加えることで、優れた触媒作用が発揮される。
In a preferred example of the metallocene composite catalyst, the following general formula (VI):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the formula, M 1 represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, Cp R independently represents an unsubstituted or substituted indenyl group, and R A and R B each independently represents a group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R A and R B are μ-coordinated to M 1 and Al, and R C and R D each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. Metallocene-based composite catalysts represented by
By using the metallocene polymerization catalyst, a multi-component copolymer can be produced. In addition, by using the metallocene composite catalyst, for example, a catalyst previously combined with an aluminum catalyst, it is possible to reduce or eliminate the amount of alkylaluminum used during the synthesis of the multi-component copolymer. If a conventional catalyst system is used, it is necessary to use a large amount of alkylaluminum at the time of synthesizing the multi-component copolymer. For example, in the conventional catalyst system, it is necessary to use an alkylaluminum of 10 molar equivalents or more with respect to the metal catalyst. However, in the case of the metallocene composite catalyst, it is excellent by adding about 5 molar equivalents of alkylaluminum. Catalysis is exerted.
 上記メタロセン系複合触媒において、上記一般式(V)中の金属Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムである。ランタノイド元素には、原子番号57~71の15元素が含まれ、これらのいずれでもよい。金属Mとしては、サマリウムSm、ネオジムNd、プラセオジムPr、ガドリニウムGd、セリウムCe、ホルミウムHo、スカンジウムSc及びイットリウムYが好適に挙げられる。 In the metallocene composite catalyst, the metal M in the general formula (V) is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium. The lanthanoid elements include 15 elements having atomic numbers of 57 to 71, and any of these may be used. Preferred examples of the metal M include samarium Sm, neodymium Nd, praseodymium Pr, gadolinium Gd, cerium Ce, holmium Ho, scandium Sc, and yttrium Y.
 上記一般式(V)において、Rは、それぞれ独立して無置換インデニル又は置換インデニルであり、該Rは上記金属Mに配位している。なお、置換インデニルの具体例としては、例えば、1,2,3-トリメチルインデニル基、ヘプタメチルインデニル基、1,2,4,5,6,7-ヘキサメチルインデニル基等が挙げられる。 In the general formula (V), each R is independently an unsubstituted indenyl or a substituted indenyl, and the R is coordinated to the metal M. Specific examples of substituted indenyl include, for example, 1,2,3-trimethylindenyl group, heptamethylindenyl group, 1,2,4,5,6,7-hexamethylindenyl group, and the like. .
 上記一般式(V)において、Qは、周期律表第13族元素を示し、具体的には、ホウ素、アルミニウム、ガリウム、インジウム、タリウム等が挙げられる。 In the above general formula (V), Q represents a group 13 element in the periodic table, and specific examples include boron, aluminum, gallium, indium, thallium and the like.
 上記一般式(V)において、Xは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基を示し、該XはM及びQにμ配位している。ここで、炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、ステアリル基等が挙げられる。なお、μ配位とは、架橋構造をとる配位様式のことである。 In the above general formula (V), each X independently represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and X is μ-coordinated to M and Q. Here, the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like. Note that the μ coordination is a coordination mode having a crosslinked structure.
 上記一般式(V)において、Yは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基又は水素原子を示し、該Yは、Qに配位している。ここで、炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、ステアリル基等が挙げられる。 In the general formula (V), each Y independently represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom, and the Y is coordinated to Q. Here, the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
 上記一般式(VI)において、金属Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムである。ランタノイド元素には、原子番号57~71の15元素が含まれ、これらのいずれでもよい。金属Mとしては、サマリウムSm、ネオジムNd、プラセオジムPr、ガドリニウムGd、セリウムCe、ホルミウムHo、スカンジウムSc及びイットリウムYが好適に挙げられる。 In the general formula (VI), the metal M 1 is a lanthanoid element, scandium, or yttrium. The lanthanoid elements include 15 elements having atomic numbers of 57 to 71, and any of these may be used. Preferable examples of the metal M 1 include samarium Sm, neodymium Nd, praseodymium Pr, gadolinium Gd, cerium Ce, holmium Ho, scandium Sc, and yttrium Y.
 上記一般式(VI)において、Cpは、無置換インデニル又は置換インデニルである。インデニル環を基本骨格とするCpは、C7X又はC11Xで示され得る。ここで、Xは、0~7又は0~11の整数である。また、Rは、それぞれ独立してヒドロカルビル基又はメタロイド基であることが好ましい。ヒドロカルビル基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましく、1~10であることがさらに好ましく、1~8であることが一層好ましい。該ヒドロカルビル基として、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基等が好適に挙げられる。一方、メタロイド基のメタロイドの例としては、ゲルミルGe、スタニルSn、シリルSiが挙げられ、また、メタロイド基は、ヒドロカルビル基を有することが好ましく、メタロイド基が有するヒドロカルビル基は、上記のヒドロカルビル基と同様である。該メタロイド基として、具体的には、トリメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。
 置換インデニルとして、具体的には、2-フェニルインデニル、2-メチルインデニル等が挙げられる。なお、式(VI)における二つのCpは、それぞれ互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
In the general formula (VI), Cp R is unsubstituted indenyl or substituted indenyl. Cp R having an indenyl ring as a basic skeleton can be represented by C 9 H 7X R X or C 9 H 11X R X. Here, X is an integer of 0 to 7 or 0 to 11. In addition, each R is preferably independently a hydrocarbyl group or a metalloid group. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-8. Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group. On the other hand, examples of the metalloid of the metalloid group include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group of the metalloid group is It is the same. Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
Specific examples of the substituted indenyl include 2-phenylindenyl, 2-methylindenyl and the like. Incidentally, the two Cp R in the formula (VI) may each be the same or different from each other.
 上記一般式(VI)において、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基を示し、該R及びRは、M及びAlにμ配位している。ここで、炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、ステアリル基等が挙げられる。なお、μ配位とは、架橋構造をとる配位様式のことである。 In the general formula (VI), R A and R B each independently represent a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and R A and R B are μ-coordinated to M 1 and Al. is doing. Here, the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, and a tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like. The μ coordination is a coordination mode having a crosslinked structure.
 上記一般式(VI)において、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基又は水素原子である。ここで、炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、ステアリル基等が挙げられる。 In the general formula (VI), R C and R D are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. Here, the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, and a tridecyl group. Tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
 なお、上記メタロセン系複合触媒は、例えば、溶媒中で、下記一般式(VII):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式中、Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、Cpは、それぞれ独立して無置換もしくは置換インデニルを示し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~3のアルキル基又は水素原子を示し、Lは、中性ルイス塩基を示し、wは、0~3の整数を示す)で表されるメタロセン錯体を、AlRで表される有機アルミニウム化合物と反応させることで得られる。なお、反応温度は、室温程度にすればよいので、温和な条件で製造することができる。また、反応時間は、任意であるが、数時間~数十時間程度である。反応溶媒は、特に限定されないが、原料及び生成物を溶解する溶媒であることが好ましく、例えば、トルエンやヘキサンを用いればよい。なお、上記メタロセン系複合触媒の構造は、1-NMRやX線構造解析により決定することが好ましい。
The metallocene composite catalyst is, for example, in a solvent in the following general formula (VII):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the formula, M 2 represents a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, Cp R independently represents unsubstituted or substituted indenyl, and R E to R J each independently represents 1 to 3 carbon atoms. An alkyl group or a hydrogen atom, L represents a neutral Lewis base, w represents an integer of 0 to 3, and a metallocene complex represented by AlR K R L R M Obtained by reacting with. In addition, since reaction temperature should just be about room temperature, it can manufacture on mild conditions. The reaction time is arbitrary, but it is about several hours to several tens of hours. The reaction solvent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that dissolves the raw material and the product. For example, toluene or hexane may be used. The structure of the metallocene composite catalyst is preferably determined by 1 H- NMR or X-ray structural analysis.
 上記一般式(VII)で表されるメタロセン錯体において、Cpは、無置換インデニル又は置換インデニルであり、上記一般式(VI)中のCpと同義である。また、上記式(VII)において、金属Mは、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムであり、上記式(VI)中の金属Mと同義である。 In the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (VII), Cp R is unsubstituted indenyl or substituted indenyl, and has the same meaning as Cp R in the general formula (VI). In the formula (VII), the metal M 2 is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, and has the same meaning as the metal M 1 in the formula (VI).
 上記一般式(VII)で表されるメタロセン錯体は、シリルアミド配位子[-N(SiR]を含む。シリルアミド配位子に含まれるR基(R~R基)は、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~3のアルキル基又は水素原子である。また、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つが水素原子であることが好ましい。R~Rのうち少なくとも一つを水素原子にすることで、触媒の合成が容易になる。さらに、アルキル基としては、メチル基が好ましい。 The metallocene complex represented by the general formula (VII) includes a silylamide ligand [—N (SiR 3 ) 2 ]. The R groups (R E to R J groups) contained in the silylamide ligand are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. In addition, it is preferable that at least one of R E to R J is a hydrogen atom. By making at least one of R E to R J a hydrogen atom, the synthesis of the catalyst becomes easy. Further, the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group.
 上記一般式(VII)で表されるメタロセン錯体は、さらに0~3個、好ましくは0~1個の中性ルイス塩基Lを含む。ここで、中性ルイス塩基Lとしては、例えば、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジメチルアニリン、トリメチルホスフィン、塩化リチウム、中性のオレフィン類、中性のジオレフィン類等が挙げられる。ここで、上記錯体が複数の中性ルイス塩基Lを含む場合、中性ルイス塩基Lは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The metallocene complex represented by the general formula (VII) further contains 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 1 neutral Lewis base L. Here, examples of the neutral Lewis base L include tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethylaniline, trimethylphosphine, lithium chloride, neutral olefins, neutral diolefins, and the like. Here, when the complex includes a plurality of neutral Lewis bases L, the neutral Lewis bases L may be the same or different.
 また、上記一般式(VII)で表されるメタロセン錯体は、単量体として存在していてもよく、二量体又はそれ以上の多量体として存在していてもよい。 In addition, the metallocene complex represented by the general formula (VII) may exist as a monomer, or may exist as a dimer or a higher multimer.
 一方、上記メタロセン系複合触媒の生成に用いる有機アルミニウム化合物は、AlRで表され、ここで、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基又は水素原子で、Rは炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基であり、但し、Rは上記R又はRと同一でも異なっていてもよい。炭素数1~20の一価の炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、ステアリル基等が挙げられる。 On the other hand, the organoaluminum compound used to produce the metallocene composite catalyst is represented by AlR K R L R M , where R K and R L are each independently a monovalent carbon atom having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. hydrogen group or a hydrogen atom, R M is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, provided that, R M may be the same or different and the R K or R L. Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group, tetradecyl group , Pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, stearyl group and the like.
 上記有機アルミニウム化合物の具体例としては、トリメチルアルミニウム、トリエチルアルミニウム、トリ-n-プロピルアルミニウム、トリイソプロピルアルミニウム、トリ-n-ブチルアルミニウム、トリイソブチルアルミニウム、トリ-t-ブチルアルミニウム、トリペンチルアルミニウム、トリヘキシルアルミニウム、トリシクロヘキシルアルミニウム、トリオクチルアルミニウム;水素化ジエチルアルミニウム、水素化ジ-n-プロピルアルミニウム、水素化ジ-n-ブチルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム、水素化ジヘキシルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソヘキシルアルミニウム、水素化ジオクチルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソオクチルアルミニウム;エチルアルミニウムジハイドライド、n-プロピルアルミニウムジハイドライド、イソブチルアルミニウムジハイドライド等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、トリエチルアルミニウム、トリイソブチルアルミニウム、水素化ジエチルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウムが好ましい。また、これら有機アルミニウム化合物は、1種単独で使用することも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。なお、上記メタロセン系複合触媒の生成に用いる有機アルミニウム化合物の量は、メタロセン錯体に対して1~50倍molであることが好ましく、約10倍molであることがさらに好ましい。 Specific examples of the organoaluminum compound include trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, tri-n-propylaluminum, triisopropylaluminum, tri-n-butylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, tri-t-butylaluminum, tripentylaluminum, tri Hexyl aluminum, tricyclohexyl aluminum, trioctyl aluminum; diethyl aluminum hydride, di-n-propyl aluminum hydride, di-n-butyl aluminum hydride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride, dihexyl aluminum hydride, diisohexyl aluminum hydride , Dioctylaluminum hydride, diisooctylaluminum hydride; ethylaluminum dihydride, n-propylaluminum Muzi hydride, isobutylaluminum dihydride and the like. Among these, triethylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, hydrogenated diethylaluminum, hydrogenated diisobutylaluminum are preferred. Moreover, these organoaluminum compounds can be used individually by 1 type, or 2 or more types can be mixed and used for them. The amount of the organoaluminum compound used for producing the metallocene composite catalyst is preferably 1 to 50 times mol, more preferably about 10 times mol to the metallocene complex.
(A-2)希土類元素-炭素結合を有さない、該希土類元素化合物又は反応物
 (A-2)成分は、希土類元素化合物又は該希土類元素化合物とルイス塩基との反応物であり、ここで、希土類元素化合物及び該希土類元素化合物とルイス塩基との反応物は、希土類元素と炭素との結合を有さない。該希土類元素化合物及び反応物が希土類元素-炭素結合を有さない場合、化合物が安定であり、取り扱い易い。ここで、希土類元素化合物とは、希土類元素(M)、即ち、周期律表中の原子番号57~71の元素から構成されるランタノイド元素、又はスカンジウム若しくはイットリウムを含有する化合物である。
 なお、ランタノイド元素の具体例としては、ランタン、セリウム、プラセオジム、ネオジム、プロメチウム、サマリウム、ユウロピウム、ガドリニウム、テルビウム、ジスプロシウム、ホルミウム、エルビウム、ツリウム、イッテルビウム、ルテチウムを挙げることができる。なお、上記成分は、一種単独で用いてもよいし、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(A-2) The rare earth element compound or reaction product having no rare earth element-carbon bond (A-2) The component is a rare earth element compound or a reaction product of the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base, where The rare earth element compound and the reaction product of the rare earth element compound and the Lewis base do not have a bond between the rare earth element and carbon. When the rare earth element compound and the reactant do not have a rare earth element-carbon bond, the compound is stable and easy to handle. Here, the rare earth element compound is a rare earth element (M), that is, a lanthanoid element composed of elements having atomic numbers 57 to 71 in the periodic table, or a compound containing scandium or yttrium.
Specific examples of the lanthanoid element include lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium, and lutetium. In addition, the said component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 また、上記希土類元素化合物は、希土類金属が2価若しくは3価の塩又は錯体化合物であることが好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子及び有機化合物残基から選択される1種又は2種以上の配位子を含有する希土類元素化合物であることがさらに好ましい。さらに、上記希土類元素化合物又は該希土類元素化合物とルイス塩基との反応物は、下記一般式(VIII)又は(IX):
   M1111 ・L11  ・・・ (VIII)
   M1111 ・L11  ・・・ (IX)
(それぞれの式中、M11は、ランタノイド元素、スカンジウム又はイットリウムを示し、X11は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオラート基、アミノ基、シリル基、アルデヒド残基、ケトン残基、カルボン酸残基、チオカルボン酸残基又はリン化合物残基を示し、L11は、ルイス塩基を示し、wは、0~3を示す)で表されることが好ましい。
The rare earth element compound is preferably a rare earth metal divalent or trivalent salt or complex compound, and one or more coordinations selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom and an organic compound residue. More preferably, the rare earth element compound contains a child. Furthermore, the reaction product of the rare earth element compound or the rare earth element compound and a Lewis base is represented by the following general formula (VIII) or (IX):
M 11 X 11 2 · L 11 w (VIII)
M 11 X 11 3 · L 11 w (IX)
(In each formula, M11 is a lanthanoid element, scandium or yttrium, X 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thiolate group, an amino group, a silyl group, an aldehyde residue, ketone A residue, a carboxylic acid residue, a thiocarboxylic acid residue or a phosphorus compound residue, L 11 represents a Lewis base, and w represents 0 to 3.
 上記希土類元素化合物の希土類元素に結合する基(配位子)としては、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(アルコールの水酸基の水素を除いた基であり、金属アルコキシドを形成する)、チオラート基(チオール化合物のチオール基の水素を除いた基であり、金属チオラートを形成する)、アミノ基(アンモニア、第一級アミン、又は第二級アミンの窒素原子に結合する水素原子を1つ除いた基であり、金属アミドを形成する)、シリル基、アルデヒド残基、ケトン残基、カルボン酸残基、チオカルボン酸残基、リン化合物残基が挙げられる。
 該基(配位子)として、具体的には、水素原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基等の脂肪族アルコキシ基;フェノキシ基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェノキシ基、2,6-ジイソプロピルフェノキシ基、2,6-ジネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-イソプロピルフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-ネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2-イソプロピル-6-ネオペンチルフェノキシ基;チオメトキシ基、チオエトキシ基、チオプロポキシ基、チオn-ブトキシ基、チオイソブトキシ基、チオsec-ブトキシ基、チオtert-ブトキシ基等の脂肪族チオラート基;チオフェノキシ基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルチオフェノキシ基、2,6-ジイソプロピルチオフェノキシ基、2,6-ジネオペンチルチオフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-イソプロピルチオフェノキシ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-チオネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2-イソプロピル-6-チオネオペンチルフェノキシ基、2,4,6-トリイソプロピルチオフェノキシ基等のアリールチオラート基;ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基等の脂肪族アミノ基;フェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジイソプロピルフェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-イソプロピルフェニルアミノ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-ネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2-イソプロピル-6-ネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2,4,6-トリ-tert-ブチルフェニルアミノ基等のアリールアミノ基;ビストリメチルシリルアミノ基等のビストリアルキルシリルアミノ基;トリメチルシリル基、トリス(トリメチルシリル)シリル基、ビス(トリメチルシリル)メチルシリル基、トリメチルシリル(ジメチル)シリル基、トリイソプロピルシリル(ビストリメチルシリル)シリル基等のシリル基;フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
 該基(配位子)として、さらには、サリチルアルデヒド、2-ヒドロキシ-1-ナフトアルデヒド、2-ヒドロキシ-3-ナフトアルデヒド等のアルデヒドの残基;2’-ヒドロキシアセトフェノン、2’-ヒドロキシブチロフェノン、2’-ヒドロキシプロピオフェノン等のヒドロキシフェノンの残基;アセチルアセトン、ベンゾイルアセトン、プロピオニルアセトン、イソブチルアセトン、バレリルアセトン、エチルアセチルアセトン等のケトン残基(特には、ジケトンの残基);イソ吉草酸、カプリル酸、オクタン酸、ラウリン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸、イソステアリン酸、オレイン酸、リノール酸、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、ナフテン酸、エチルヘキサン酸、ピバル酸、バーサチック酸[シェル化学(株)製の商品名、C10モノカルボン酸の異性体の混合物から構成される合成酸]、フェニル酢酸、安息香酸、2-ナフトエ酸、マレイン酸、コハク酸等のカルボン酸の残基;ヘキサンチオ酸、2,2-ジメチルブタンチオ酸、デカンチオ酸、チオ安息香酸等のチオカルボン酸の残基;リン酸ジブチル、リン酸ジペンチル、リン酸ジヘキシル、リン酸ジヘプチル、リン酸ジオクチル、リン酸ビス(2-エチルヘキシル)、リン酸ビス(1-メチルヘプチル)、リン酸ジラウリル、リン酸ジオレイル、リン酸ジフェニル、リン酸ビス(p-ノニルフェニル)、リン酸ビス(ポリエチレングリコール-p-ノニルフェニル)、リン酸(ブチル)(2-エチルヘキシル)、リン酸(1-メチルヘプチル)(2-エチルヘキシル)、リン酸(2-エチルヘキシル)(p-ノニルフェニル)等のリン酸エステルの残基;2-エチルヘキシルホスホン酸モノブチル、2-エチルヘキシルホスホン酸モノ-2-エチルヘキシル、フェニルホスホン酸モノ-2-エチルヘキシル、2-エチルヘキシルホスホン酸モノ-p-ノニルフェニル、ホスホン酸モノ-2-エチルヘキシル、ホスホン酸モノ-1-メチルヘプチル、ホスホン酸モノ-p-ノニルフェニル等のホスホン酸エステルの残基;ジブチルホスフィン酸、ビス(2-エチルヘキシル)ホスフィン酸、ビス(1-メチルヘプチル)ホスフィン酸、ジラウリルホスフィン酸、ジオレイルホスフィン酸、ジフェニルホスフィン酸、ビス(p-ノニルフェニル)ホスフィン酸、ブチル(2-エチルヘキシル)ホスフィン酸、(2-エチルヘキシル)(1-メチルヘプチル)ホスフィン酸、(2-エチルヘキシル)(p-ノニルフェニル)ホスフィン酸、ブチルホスフィン酸、2-エチルヘキシルホスフィン酸、1-メチルヘプチルホスフィン酸、オレイルホスフィン酸、ラウリルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスフィン酸、p-ノニルフェニルホスフィン酸等のホスフィン酸の残基等を挙げることもできる。
 なお、これらの基(配位子)は、一種単独で用いてもよいし、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
Examples of the group (ligand) bonded to the rare earth element of the rare earth element compound include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (a group in which an alcohol hydroxyl group is removed, and forms a metal alkoxide), a thiolate group ( A group obtained by removing hydrogen from a thiol group of a thiol compound and forming a metal thiolate), an amino group (a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom of ammonia, a primary amine, or a secondary amine) And forms a metal amide), silyl group, aldehyde residue, ketone residue, carboxylic acid residue, thiocarboxylic acid residue, and phosphorus compound residue.
Specific examples of the group (ligand) include a hydrogen atom; an aliphatic alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, and a tert-butoxy group; Phenoxy group, 2,6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group, 2,6-diisopropylphenoxy group, 2,6-dineopentylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl -6-neopentylphenoxy group, 2-isopropyl-6-neopentylphenoxy group; thiomethoxy group, thioethoxy group, thiopropoxy group, thio n-butoxy group, thioisobutoxy group, thiosec-butoxy group, thiotert-butoxy Aliphatic thiolate groups such as thiophene groups; thiophenoxy groups, 2,6-di-tert-butyl Ofenoxy group, 2,6-diisopropylthiophenoxy group, 2,6-dineopentylthiophenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylthiophenoxy group, 2-tert-butyl-6-thioneopentylphenoxy group, Arylthiolate groups such as 2-isopropyl-6-thioneopentylphenoxy group and 2,4,6-triisopropylthiophenoxy group; aliphatic amino groups such as dimethylamino group, diethylamino group and diisopropylamino group; phenylamino group; 2,6-di-tert-butylphenylamino group, 2,6-diisopropylphenylamino group, 2,6-dineopentylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenylamino group, 2-tert- Butyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, -Arylamino groups such as isopropyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenylamino group; bistrialkylsilylamino groups such as bistrimethylsilylamino group; trimethylsilyl group, tris (trimethylsilyl) Silyl groups such as silyl group, bis (trimethylsilyl) methylsilyl group, trimethylsilyl (dimethyl) silyl group, triisopropylsilyl (bistrimethylsilyl) silyl group; halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc. .
As the group (ligand), a residue of an aldehyde such as salicylaldehyde, 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde, 2-hydroxy-3-naphthaldehyde; 2′-hydroxyacetophenone, 2′-hydroxybutyrophenone Residues of hydroxyphenone such as 2′-hydroxypropiophenone; Ketone residues (especially diketone residues) such as acetylacetone, benzoylacetone, propionylacetone, isobutylacetone, valerylacetone, ethylacetylacetone; Herbic acid, caprylic acid, octanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, naphthenic acid, ethylhexanoic acid, pivalic acid, versatic acid [shell chemistry ( Made by Product name, synthetic acid composed of a mixture of isomers of C10 monocarboxylic acid], residues of carboxylic acids such as phenylacetic acid, benzoic acid, 2-naphthoic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid; hexanethioic acid, 2,2- Residues of thiocarboxylic acids such as dimethylbutanethioic acid, decanethioic acid, thiobenzoic acid; dibutyl phosphate, dipentyl phosphate, dihexyl phosphate, diheptyl phosphate, dioctyl phosphate, bis (2-ethylhexyl) phosphate, phosphoric acid Bis (1-methylheptyl), dilauryl phosphate, dioleyl phosphate, diphenyl phosphate, bis (p-nonylphenyl) phosphate, bis (polyethylene glycol-p-nonylphenyl) phosphate, (butyl) phosphate (2 -Ethylhexyl), phosphoric acid (1-methylheptyl) (2-ethylhexyl), phosphoric acid (2-ethylhexyl) ) Residues of phosphate esters such as (p-nonylphenyl); 2-ethylhexylphosphonate monobutyl, 2-ethylhexylphosphonate mono-2-ethylhexyl, phenylphosphonate mono-2-ethylhexyl, 2-ethylhexylphosphonate mono- residues of phosphonates such as p-nonylphenyl, mono-2-ethylhexyl phosphonate, mono-1-methylheptyl phosphonate, mono-p-nonylphenyl phosphonate; dibutylphosphinic acid, bis (2-ethylhexyl) phosphine Acid, bis (1-methylheptyl) phosphinic acid, dilaurylphosphinic acid, dioleylphosphinic acid, diphenylphosphinic acid, bis (p-nonylphenyl) phosphinic acid, butyl (2-ethylhexyl) phosphinic acid, (2-ethylhexyl) (1-Mech Ruheptyl) phosphinic acid, (2-ethylhexyl) (p-nonylphenyl) phosphinic acid, butylphosphinic acid, 2-ethylhexylphosphinic acid, 1-methylheptylphosphinic acid, oleylphosphinic acid, laurylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphinic acid, p- Mention may also be made of phosphinic acid residues such as nonylphenylphosphinic acid.
In addition, these groups (ligand) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 上記希土類元素化合物と反応するルイス塩基としては、例えば、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジメチルアニリン、トリメチルホスフィン、塩化リチウム、中性のオレフィン類、中性のジオレフィン類等が挙げられる。ここで、上記希土類元素化合物が複数のルイス塩基と反応する場合(一般式(VIII)及び(IX)においては、wが2又は3である場合)、ルイス塩基L11は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 Examples of the Lewis base that reacts with the rare earth element compound include tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethylaniline, trimethylphosphine, lithium chloride, neutral olefins, neutral diolefins, and the like. Here, when the rare earth element compound reacts with a plurality of Lewis bases (when w is 2 or 3 in the general formulas (VIII) and (IX)), the Lewis base L 11 may be the same. May be different.
 好適には、上記希土類元素化合物は、下記一般式(X):
   M-(AQ)(AQ)(AQ) ・・・ (X)
[式中、Mは、スカンジウム、イットリウム又はランタノイド元素であり;AQ、AQ及びAQは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい官能基であり;Aは、窒素、酸素又は硫黄であり;但し、少なくとも1つのM-A結合を有する]で表される化合物が好ましい。ここで、ランタノイド元素とは、具体的には、ランタン、セリウム、プラセオジム、ネオジム、プロメチウム、サマリウム、ユウロピウム、ガドリニウム、テルビウム、ジスプロシウム、ホルミウム、エルビウム、ツリウム、イッテルビウム、ルテチウムである。該化合物は、反応系における触媒活性を向上させることができ、反応時間を短くし、反応温度を高くすることが可能な成分である。
Preferably, the rare earth element compound has the following general formula (X):
M- (AQ 1 ) (AQ 2 ) (AQ 3 ) (X)
[Wherein M is a scandium, yttrium or lanthanoid element; AQ 1 , AQ 2 and AQ 3 are functional groups which may be the same or different; A is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur; Yes; provided that it has at least one MA bond]. Here, the lanthanoid element is specifically lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium, and lutetium. The compound is a component that can improve the catalytic activity in the reaction system, shorten the reaction time, and increase the reaction temperature.
 一般式(X)中のMとしては、特に、触媒活性及び反応制御性を高める観点から、ガドリニウムが好ましい。 As M in the general formula (X), gadolinium is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing catalyst activity and reaction controllability.
 一般式(X)中のAが窒素である場合、AQ、AQ及びAQ(即ち、NQ、NQ及びNQ)で表される官能基としては、アミノ基等が挙げられる。そして、この場合、3つのM-N結合を有する。
 アミノ基としては、例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基等の脂肪族アミノ基;フェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジイソプロピルフェニルアミノ基、2,6-ジネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-イソプロピルフェニルアミノ基、2-tert-ブチル-6-ネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2-イソプロピル-6-ネオペンチルフェニルアミノ基、2,4,6-トリ-tert-ブチルフェニルアミノ基等のアリールアミノ基;ビストリメチルシリルアミノ基等のビストリアルキルシリルアミノ基が挙げられ、特に、脂肪族炭化水素及び芳香族炭化水素に対する溶解性の観点から、ビストリメチルシリルアミノ基が好ましい。上記アミノ基は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 上記構成によれば、(A-2)成分を3つのM-N結合を有する化合物とすることができ、各結合が化学的に等価となり、化合物の構造が安定となるため、取り扱いが容易となる。
 また、上記構成とすれば、反応系における触媒活性をさらに向上させることができる。そのため、反応時間をさらに短くし、反応温度をさらに高くすることができる。
When A in the general formula (X) is nitrogen, examples of the functional group represented by AQ 1 , AQ 2 and AQ 3 (that is, NQ 1 , NQ 2 and NQ 3 ) include an amino group. And in this case, it has three MN bonds.
Examples of the amino group include aliphatic amino groups such as dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, and diisopropylamino group; phenylamino group, 2,6-di-tert-butylphenylamino group, 2,6-diisopropylphenylamino group, 2,6-dineopentylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-isopropylphenylamino group, 2-tert-butyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, 2-isopropyl-6-neopentylphenylamino group, Examples include arylamino groups such as 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenylamino group; bistrialkylsilylamino groups such as bistrimethylsilylamino group, and are particularly soluble in aliphatic hydrocarbons and aromatic hydrocarbons. From the viewpoint, a bistrimethylsilylamino group is preferable. The said amino group may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
According to the above configuration, the component (A-2) can be a compound having three MN bonds, each bond is chemically equivalent, and the structure of the compound is stable. Become.
Moreover, if it is set as the said structure, the catalyst activity in a reaction system can further be improved. Therefore, the reaction time can be further shortened and the reaction temperature can be further increased.
 一般式(X)中のAが酸素である場合、一般式(X)(即ち、M-(OQ)(OQ)(OQ))で表される希土類元素含有化合物としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、下記一般式(XI):
   (RO)M ・・・ (XI)
で表される希土類アルコラートや、下記一般式(XII):
   (R-COM・・・ (XII)
で表される希土類カルボキシレート等が挙げられる。ここで、上記一般式(XI)及び(XII)中、Rは、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基である。
 なお、(A-2)成分としては、希土類元素と炭素との結合を有しないことが好ましいため、上述した化合物(XI)又は化合物(XII)を好適に使用できる。
When A in the general formula (X) is oxygen, the rare earth element-containing compound represented by the general formula (X) (that is, M- (OQ 1 ) (OQ 2 ) (OQ 3 )) is particularly limited. For example, the following general formula (XI):
(RO) 3 M (XI)
Or a rare earth alcoholate represented by the following general formula (XII):
(R-CO 2 ) 3 M (XII)
And rare earth carboxylates represented by Here, in the general formulas (XI) and (XII), R may be the same or different and is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
As the component (A-2), the compound (XI) or the compound (XII) described above can be preferably used because it preferably has no bond between rare earth elements and carbon.
 一般式(X)中のAが硫黄である場合、一般式(X)(即ち、M-(SQ)(SQ)(SQ))で表される希土類元素含有化合物としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、下記一般式(XIII):
   (RS)M ・・・ (XIII)
で表される希土類アルキルチオラートや、下記一般式(XIV):
   (R-CSM ・・・ (XIV))
で表される化合物、等が挙げられる。ここで、上記一般式(XIII)及び(XIV)中、Rは、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基である。
When A in the general formula (X) is sulfur, the rare earth element-containing compound represented by the general formula (X) (that is, M- (SQ 1 ) (SQ 2 ) (SQ 3 )) is particularly limited. For example, the following general formula (XIII):
(RS) 3 M (XIII)
Or a rare earth alkylthiolate represented by the following general formula (XIV):
(R-CS 2 ) 3 M (XIV))
And the like. Here, in the general formulas (XIII) and (XIV), R may be the same or different and is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 なお、(A-2)成分としては、希土類元素と炭素との結合を有しないことが好ましいため、上述した化合物(XIII)又は化合物(XIV)を好適に使用できる。 In addition, as the component (A-2), since it is preferable not to have a bond between a rare earth element and carbon, the above-described compound (XIII) or compound (XIV) can be suitably used.
(B)有機金属化合物
 前記(B)成分については、下記一般式(XV):
   YR  ・・・ (XV)
(式中、Yは、周期律表第1族、第2族、第12族及び第13族から選択される金属であり、R及びRは炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基又は水素原子であり、Rは炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基であり、R、R、Rはそれぞれ互いに同一又は異なっていてもよく、また、Yが周期律表第1族から選択される金属である場合には、aは1で且つb及びcは0であり、Yが周期律表第2族及び第12族から選択される金属である場合には、a及びbは1で且つcは0であり、Yが周期律表第13族から選択される金属である場合には、a、b及びcは1である)で表される有機金属化合物であり、下記一般式(XVI):
   AlR ・・・ (XVI)
(式中、R及びRは炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基又は水素原子であり、Rは炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基であり、R、R、Rはそれぞれ互いに同一又は異なっていてもよい)で表される有機アルミニウム化合物であることが好ましい。
(B) Organometallic compound About the said (B) component, following general formula (XV):
YR 1 a R 2 b R 3 c (XV)
(In the formula, Y is a metal selected from Group 1, Group 2, Group 12 and Group 13 of the Periodic Table, and R 1 and R 2 are monovalent hydrocarbons having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. R 3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different from each other, and Y is a periodic rule When it is a metal selected from group 1 of the table, a is 1 and b and c are 0, and when Y is a metal selected from groups 2 and 12 of the periodic table , A and b are 1 and c is 0, and a, b and c are 1 when Y is a metal selected from Group 13 of the Periodic Table) And the following general formula (XVI):
AlR 1 R 2 R 3 (XVI)
(In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are monovalent hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different from each other).
 上記一般式(XVI)の有機アルミニウム化合物としては、トリメチルアルミニウム、トリエチルアルミニウム、トリ-n-プロピルアルミニウム、トリイソプロピルアルミニウム、トリ-n-ブチルアルミニウム、トリイソブチルアルミニウム、トリ-t-ブチルアルミニウム、トリペンチルアルミニウム、トリヘキシルアルミニウム、トリシクロヘキシルアルミニウム、トリオクチルアルミニウム;水素化ジエチルアルミニウム、水素化ジ-n-プロピルアルミニウム、水素化ジ-n-ブチルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム、水素化ジヘキシルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソヘキシルアルミニウム、水素化ジオクチルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソオクチルアルミニウム;エチルアルミニウムジハイドライド、n-プロピルアルミニウムジハイドライド、イソブチルアルミニウムジハイドライド等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、トリエチルアルミニウム、トリイソブチルアルミニウム、水素化ジエチルアルミニウム、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウムが好ましい。 Examples of the organoaluminum compound of the general formula (XVI) include trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, tri-n-propylaluminum, triisopropylaluminum, tri-n-butylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, tri-t-butylaluminum, and tripentyl. Aluminum, trihexyl aluminum, tricyclohexyl aluminum, trioctyl aluminum; diethyl aluminum hydride, di-n-propyl aluminum hydride, di-n-butyl aluminum hydride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride, dihexyl aluminum hydride, dihydrogen hydride Isohexyl aluminum, dioctyl aluminum hydride, diisooctyl aluminum hydride; ethyl aluminum dihydride, n-propiyl Aluminum dihydride, isobutyl aluminum dihydride and the like. Among these, triethylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, hydrogenated diethylaluminum, hydrogenated diisobutylaluminum are preferred.
 前記(B)成分は、1種単独で使用することも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。また、前記(B)成分の使用量は、上述の(A)成分と共に用いる場合、該(A)成分に対して1~50倍molであることが好ましく、約10倍molであることが更に好ましい。 The component (B) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. In addition, when the component (B) is used together with the component (A), the amount is preferably 1 to 50 times mol, more preferably about 10 times mol to the component (A). preferable.
(C)アルミノキサン
 前記(C)成分は、有機アルミニウム化合物と縮合剤とを接触させることによって得られる化合物である。
 (C)成分を用いることによって、重合反応系における触媒活性をさらに向上させることができる。そのため、反応時間をさらに短くし、反応温度をさらに高くすることができる。
(C) Aluminoxane The component (C) is a compound obtained by bringing an organoaluminum compound and a condensing agent into contact with each other.
By using the component (C), the catalytic activity in the polymerization reaction system can be further improved. Therefore, the reaction time can be further shortened and the reaction temperature can be further increased.
 ここで、有機アルミニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリメチルアルミニウム、トリエチルアルミニウム、トリイソブチルアルミニウム等のトリアルキルアルミニウム、及びその混合物等が挙げられ、特に、トリメチルアルミニウム、トリメチルアルミニウムとトリブチルアルミニウムとの混合物が好ましい。
 一方、縮合剤としては、例えば、水等が挙げられる。
Here, examples of the organoaluminum compound include trialkylaluminum such as trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, and triisobutylaluminum, and mixtures thereof. Particularly, trimethylaluminum, and a mixture of trimethylaluminum and tributylaluminum are preferable.
On the other hand, examples of the condensing agent include water.
 前記(C)成分としては、例えば、下記式(XVII):
   -(Al(R)O)- ・・・ (XVII)
(式中、Rは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であり、ここで、炭化水素基の一部はハロゲン及び/又はアルコキシ基で置換されてもよく;Rは、繰り返し単位間で同一であっても異なっていてもよく;nは5以上である)で表されるアルミノキサンを挙げることができる。
 上記アルミノキサンの分子構造は、直鎖状であっても環状であってもよい。
Examples of the component (C) include the following formula (XVII):
-(Al (R 7 ) O) n- (XVII)
(Wherein, R 7 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, wherein a portion of the hydrocarbon group may be substituted by halogen and / or alkoxy group; R 7 is between the repeating units And may be the same or different; n is 5 or more).
The molecular structure of the aluminoxane may be linear or cyclic.
 上記式(XVII)中のnは、10以上であることが好ましい。
 また、上記式(XVII)中のRに関して、炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソブチル基等が挙げられ、特に、メチル基が好ましい。該炭化水素基は、1種でもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせでもよい。式(XVII)中のRに関して、炭化水素基としては、メチル基とイソブチル基との組み合わせが好ましい。
N in the formula (XVII) is preferably 10 or more.
In addition, regarding R 7 in the above formula (XVII), examples of the hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like, and a methyl group is particularly preferable. The hydrocarbon group may be one kind or a combination of two or more kinds. Regarding R 7 in formula (XVII), the hydrocarbon group is preferably a combination of a methyl group and an isobutyl group.
 上記アルミノキサンは、脂肪族炭化水素に高い溶解性を有することが好ましく、芳香族炭化水素に低い溶解性を有することが好ましい。例えば、ヘキサン溶液として市販されているアルミノキサンが好ましい。
 ここで、脂肪族炭化水素とは、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン等が挙げられる。
The aluminoxane preferably has high solubility in aliphatic hydrocarbons, and preferably has low solubility in aromatic hydrocarbons. For example, aluminoxane marketed as a hexane solution is preferable.
Here, examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon include hexane and cyclohexane.
 前記(C)成分は、特に、下記式(XVIII):
   -(Al(CH(i-CO)- ・・・ (XVIII)
(式中、x+yは1であり;mは5以上である)で表される修飾アルミノキサン(以下、「TMAO」ともいう)としてもよい。TMAOとしては、例えば、東ソー・ファインケミカル社製の製品名「TMAO341」が挙げられる。
The component (C) is particularly represented by the following formula (XVIII):
-(Al (CH 3 ) x (iC 4 H 9 ) y O) m- (XVIII)
(Wherein, x + y is 1; m is 5 or more), and may be a modified aluminoxane (hereinafter also referred to as “TMAO”). An example of TMAO is a product name “TMAO341” manufactured by Tosoh Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
 また、前記(C)成分は、特に、下記式(XIX):
   -(Al(CH0.7(i-C0.3O)- ・・・ (XIX)(式中、kは5以上である)で表される修飾アルミノキサン(以下、「MMAO」ともいう)としてもよい。MMAOとしては、例えば、東ソー・ファインケミカル社製の製品名「MMAO-3A」が挙げられる。
In addition, the component (C) is particularly represented by the following formula (XIX):
-(Al (CH 3 ) 0.7 (iC 4 H 9 ) 0.3 O) k- (XIX) (wherein k is 5 or more) , Also referred to as “MMAO”). An example of MMAO is a product name “MMAO-3A” manufactured by Tosoh Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
 さらに、前記(C)成分は、特に、下記式(XX):
   -[(CH)AlO]- ・・・ (XX)
(式中、iは5以上である)で表される修飾アルミノキサン(以下、「PMAO」ともいう)としてもよい。PMAOとしては、例えば、東ソー・ファインケミカル社製の製品名「TMAO-211」が挙げられる。
Furthermore, the component (C) is particularly represented by the following formula (XX):
-[(CH 3 ) AlO] i- (XX)
(Wherein i is 5 or more), a modified aluminoxane (hereinafter also referred to as “PMAO”). An example of PMAO is a product name “TMAO-211” manufactured by Tosoh Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
 前記(C)成分は、触媒活性を向上させる効果を高める観点から、上記MMAO、TMAO、PMAOのうち、MMAO又はTMAOであることが好ましく、特に、触媒活性を向上させる効果をさらに高める観点から、TMAOであることがさらに好ましい。 The component (C) is preferably MMAO or TMAO among the MMAO, TMAO, and PMAO from the viewpoint of enhancing the effect of improving the catalyst activity, and particularly from the viewpoint of further enhancing the effect of improving the catalyst activity. More preferably, it is TMAO.
 前記(C)成分は、1種単独で使用することも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。また、前記(C)成分は、触媒活性を向上させる観点から、前記(A)成分と共に用いる場合、該(A)成分中の希土類元素1molに対して、当該(C)成分中のアルミニウムが10mol以上となるように使用されることが好ましく、100mol以上となるように使用されることが更に好ましく、また、1000mol以下となるように使用されることが好ましく、800mol以下となるように使用されることが更に好ましい。 The component (C) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the catalytic activity, the component (C), when used together with the component (A), is 10 mol of aluminum in the component (C) with respect to 1 mol of the rare earth element in the component (A). It is preferably used so as to be above, more preferably used so as to be 100 mol or more, and preferably used so as to be 1000 mol or less, and used so as to be 800 mol or less. More preferably.
(D)イオン性化合物
 前記(D)成分は、非配位性アニオンとカチオンとからなる。該(D)成分を上述の(A)成分と共に用いる場合、(D)成分としては、前記(A)成分と反応してカチオン性遷移金属化合物を生成できるイオン性化合物等を挙げることができる。
(D) Ionic compound The component (D) comprises a non-coordinating anion and a cation. When the component (D) is used together with the component (A) described above, examples of the component (D) include ionic compounds that can react with the component (A) to form a cationic transition metal compound.
 ここで、非配位性アニオンとしては、例えば、テトラフェニルボレート、テトラキス(モノフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(ジフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(トリフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(テトラフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、テトラキス(テトラフルオロメチルフェニル)ボレート、テトラ(トリル)ボレート、テトラ(キシリル)ボレート、(トリフェニル、ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、[トリス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)、フェニル]ボレート、トリデカハイドライド-7,8-ジカルバウンデカボレート等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートが好ましい。
 一方、カチオンとしては、カルボニウムカチオン、オキソニウムカチオン、アミンカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、シクロヘプタトリエニルカチオン、遷移金属を有するフェロセニウムカチオン等を挙げることができる。カルボニウムカチオンの具体例としては、トリフェニルカルボニウムカチオン、トリ(置換フェニル)カルボニウムカチオン等の三置換カルボニウムカチオン等が挙げられ、トリ(置換フェニル)カルボニルカチオンとして、より具体的には、トリ(メチルフェニル)カルボニウムカチオン、トリ(ジメチルフェニル)カルボニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。アミンカチオンとしては、アンモニウムカチオンが挙げられ、アンモニウムカチオンの具体例としては、トリメチルアンモニウムカチオン、トリエチルアンモニウムカチオン、トリプロピルアンモニウムカチオン、トリブチルアンモニウムカチオン(例えば、トリ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムカチオン)等のトリアルキルアンモニウムカチオン;N,N-ジメチルアニリニウムカチオン、N,N-ジエチルアニリニウムカチオン、N,N-2,4,6-ペンタメチルアニリニウムカチオン等のN,N-ジアルキルアニリニウムカチオン;ジイソプロピルアンモニウムカチオン、ジシクロヘキシルアンモニウムカチオン等のジアルキルアンモニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。ホスホニウムカチオンの具体例としては、トリフェニルホスホニウムカチオン、トリ(メチルフェニル)ホスホニウムカチオン、トリ(ジメチルフェニル)ホスホニウムカチオン等のトリアリールホスホニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。これらカチオンの中でも、N,N-ジアルキルアニリニウムカチオン又はカルボニウムカチオンが好ましく、N,N-ジアルキルアニリニウムカチオンが特に好ましい。
Here, as the non-coordinating anion, for example, tetraphenyl borate, tetrakis (monofluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (difluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (trifluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis ( Pentafluorophenyl) borate, tetrakis (tetrafluoromethylphenyl) borate, tetra (tolyl) borate, tetra (xylyl) borate, (triphenyl, pentafluorophenyl) borate, [tris (pentafluorophenyl), phenyl] borate, tri Decahydride-7,8-dicarboundeborate and the like can be mentioned, and among these, tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate is preferable.
On the other hand, examples of the cation include a carbonium cation, an oxonium cation, an amine cation, a phosphonium cation, a cycloheptatrienyl cation, and a ferrocenium cation having a transition metal. Specific examples of the carbonium cation include trisubstituted carbonium cations such as triphenylcarbonium cation and tri (substituted phenyl) carbonium cation, and more specifically, as tri (substituted phenyl) carbonyl cation, Examples include tri (methylphenyl) carbonium cation, tri (dimethylphenyl) carbonium cation, and the like. Examples of amine cations include ammonium cations. Specific examples of ammonium cations include trimethylammonium cations, triethylammonium cations, tripropylammonium cations, tributylammonium cations (for example, tri (n-butyl) ammonium cations). N, N-dimethylanilinium cation, N, N-diethylanilinium cation, N, N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium cation and the like N, N-dialkylanilinium cation; diisopropylammonium Examples thereof include dialkylammonium cations such as cations and dicyclohexylammonium cations. Specific examples of the phosphonium cation include triarylphosphonium cations such as triphenylphosphonium cation, tri (methylphenyl) phosphonium cation, and tri (dimethylphenyl) phosphonium cation. Among these cations, N, N-dialkylanilinium cation or carbonium cation is preferable, and N, N-dialkylanilinium cation is particularly preferable.
 従って、前記イオン性化合物((D)成分)としては、上述の非配位性アニオン及びカチオンからそれぞれ選択し組み合わせた化合物が好ましく、具体的には、N,N-ジメチルアニリニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、トリフェニルカルボニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート等が好ましい。 Therefore, the ionic compound (component (D)) is preferably a compound selected and combined from the above-mentioned non-coordinating anions and cations, specifically, N, N-dimethylanilinium tetrakis (pentafluoro). Phenyl) borate, triphenylcarbonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate and the like are preferable.
 前記(D)成分は、1種単独で使用することも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。また、前記(D)成分の使用量は、上述の(A)成分と共に用いる場合、該(A)成分に対して0.1~10倍molであることが好ましく、約1倍molであることが更に好ましい。 The component (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. In addition, when the component (D) is used together with the component (A) described above, the amount used is preferably 0.1 to 10 times mol and about 1 times mol to the component (A). Is more preferable.
(E)ハロゲン化合物
 前記(E)成分は、ルイス酸であるハロゲン含有化合物(以下、「(E-1)成分」ともいう)、金属ハロゲン化物とルイス塩基との錯化合物(以下、「(E-2)成分」ともいう)及び活性ハロゲンを含む有機化合物(以下、「(E-3)成分」ともいう)のうち少なくとも一種からなり、例えば、上記(A)成分である希土類元素化合物又はそのルイス塩基との反応物と反応して、カチオン性遷移金属化合物やハロゲン化遷移金属化合物や遷移金属中心が電荷不足の化合物を生成することができる。 
(E) Halogen Compound The component (E) is a halogen-containing compound which is a Lewis acid (hereinafter also referred to as “(E-1) component”), a complex compound of a metal halide and a Lewis base (hereinafter referred to as “(E -2) component ”) and an organic compound containing an active halogen (hereinafter also referred to as“ component (E-3) ”), for example, the rare earth element compound or component (A) above By reacting with a reactant with a Lewis base, a cationic transition metal compound, a halogenated transition metal compound, or a compound in which the transition metal center is insufficiently charged can be produced.
 上記(E-1)成分としては、例えば、周期律表中の第3族、第4族、第5族、第6族、第8族、第13族、第14族又は第15族の元素を含むハロゲン化合物を用いることができる。好ましくは、アルミニウムハロゲン化物又は有機金属ハロゲン化物が挙げられる。また、ハロゲン元素としては、塩素又は臭素が好ましい。
 上記ルイス酸であるハロゲン含有化合物として、具体的には、メチルアルミニウムジブロマイド、メチルアルミニウムジクロライド、エチルアルミニウムジブロマイド、エチルアルミニウムジクロライド、ブチルアルミニウムジブロマイド、ブチルアルミニウムジクロライド、ジメチルアルミニウムブロマイド、ジメチルアルミニウムクロライド、ジエチルアルミニウムブロマイド、ジエチルアルミニウムクロライド、ジブチルアルミニウムブロマイド、ジブチルアルミニウムクロライド、メチルアルミニウムセスキブロマイド、メチルアルミニウムセスキクロライド、エチルアルミニウムセスキブロマイド、エチルアルミニウムセスキクロライド、ジブチル錫ジクロライド、アルミニウムトリブロマイド、トリ(ペンタフルオロフェニル)アルミニウム、トリ(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、三塩化アンチモン、五塩化アンチモン、三塩化リン、五塩化リン、四塩化錫、四塩化チタン、六塩化タングステン等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、ジエチルアルミニウムクロライド、エチルアルミニウムセスキクロライド、エチルアルミニウムジクロライド、ジエチルアルミニウムブロマイド、エチルアルミニウムセスキブロマイド、エチルアルミニウムジブロマイドが特に好ましい。
 上記(E-1)成分は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
As the component (E-1), for example, an element of Group 3, Group 4, Group 5, Group 6, Group 8, Group 13, Group 14 or Group 15 in the Periodic Table A halogen compound containing can be used. Preferably, aluminum halide or organometallic halide is used. Moreover, as a halogen element, chlorine or bromine is preferable.
Specific examples of the halogen-containing compound that is the Lewis acid include methylaluminum dibromide, methylaluminum dichloride, ethylaluminum dibromide, ethylaluminum dichloride, butylaluminum dibromide, butylaluminum dichloride, dimethylaluminum bromide, dimethylaluminum chloride, Diethylaluminum bromide, diethylaluminum chloride, dibutylaluminum bromide, dibutylaluminum chloride, methylaluminum sesquibromide, methylaluminum sesquichloride, ethylaluminum sesquichloride, ethylaluminum sesquichloride, dibutyltin dichloride, aluminum tribromide, tri (pentafluorophenyl) Luminium, tri (pentafluorophenyl) borate, antimony trichloride, antimony pentachloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus pentachloride, tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride, tungsten hexachloride, etc., among these, diethylaluminum chloride, Particularly preferred are ethylaluminum sesquichloride, ethylaluminum dichloride, diethylaluminum bromide, ethylaluminum sesquibromide, and ethylaluminum dibromide.
The component (E-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記(E-2)成分を構成する金属ハロゲン化物としては、塩化ベリリウム、臭化ベリリウム、ヨウ化ベリリウム、塩化マグネシウム、臭化マグネシウム、ヨウ化マグネシウム、塩化カルシウム、臭化カルシウム、ヨウ化カルシウム、塩化バリウム、臭化バリウム、ヨウ化バリウム、塩化亜鉛、臭化亜鉛、ヨウ化亜鉛、塩化カドミウム、臭化カドミウム、ヨウ化カドミウム、塩化水銀、臭化水銀、ヨウ化水銀、塩化マンガン、臭化マンガン、ヨウ化マンガン、塩化レニウム、臭化レニウム、ヨウ化レニウム、塩化銅、ヨウ化銅、塩化銀、臭化銀、ヨウ化銀、塩化金、ヨウ化金、臭化金等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、塩化マグネシウム、塩化カルシウム、塩化バリウム、塩化マンガン、塩化亜鉛、塩化銅が好ましく、塩化マグネシウム、塩化マンガン、塩化亜鉛、塩化銅が特に好ましい。
 また、上記(E-2)成分を構成するルイス塩基としては、リン化合物、カルボニル化合物、窒素化合物、エーテル化合物、アルコール等が好ましい。具体的には、リン酸トリブチル、リン酸トリ-2-エチルヘキシル、リン酸トリフェニル、リン酸トリクレジル、トリエチルホスフィン、トリブチルホスフィン、トリフェニルホスフィン、ジエチルホスフィノエタン、ジフェニルホスフィノエタン、アセチルアセトン、ベンゾイルアセトン、プロピオニトリルアセトン、バレリルアセトン、エチルアセチルアセトン、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセト酢酸フェニル、マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジフェニル、酢酸、オクタン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサン酸、オレイン酸、ステアリン酸、安息香酸、ナフテン酸、バーサチック酸、トリエチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、テトラヒドロフラン、ジフェニルエーテル、2-エチル-ヘキシルアルコール、オレイルアルコール、ステアリルアルコール、フェノール、ベンジルアルコール、1-デカノール、ラウリルアルコール等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、リン酸トリ-2-エチルヘキシル、リン酸トリクレジル、アセチルアセトン、2-エチルヘキサン酸、バーサチック酸、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、1-デカノール、ラウリルアルコールが好ましい。
 上記ルイス塩基は、上記金属ハロゲン化物1mol当り、0.01~30mol、好ましくは0.5~10molの割合で反応させる。このルイス塩基との反応物を使用すると、ポリマー中に残存する金属を低減することができる。
 上記(E-2)成分は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
Examples of the metal halide constituting the component (E-2) include beryllium chloride, beryllium bromide, beryllium iodide, magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium iodide, calcium chloride, calcium bromide, calcium iodide, and chloride. Barium, barium bromide, barium iodide, zinc chloride, zinc bromide, zinc iodide, cadmium chloride, cadmium bromide, cadmium iodide, mercury chloride, mercury bromide, mercury iodide, manganese chloride, manganese bromide, Manganese iodide, rhenium chloride, rhenium bromide, rhenium iodide, copper chloride, copper iodide, silver chloride, silver bromide, silver iodide, gold chloride, gold iodide, gold bromide, etc., and these Of these, magnesium chloride, calcium chloride, barium chloride, manganese chloride, zinc chloride, and copper chloride are preferable. Magnesium chloride, chloride Ngan, zinc chloride, copper chloride being particularly preferred.
As the Lewis base constituting the component (E-2), phosphorus compounds, carbonyl compounds, nitrogen compounds, ether compounds, alcohols and the like are preferable. Specifically, tributyl phosphate, tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, triethylphosphine, tributylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, diethylphosphinoethane, diphenylphosphinoethane, acetylacetone, benzoylacetone , Propionitrile acetone, valeryl acetone, ethyl acetylacetone, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, phenyl acetoacetate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, diphenyl malonate, acetic acid, octanoic acid, 2-ethyl-hexanoic acid, olein Acid, stearic acid, benzoic acid, naphthenic acid, versatic acid, triethylamine, N, N-dimethylacetamide, tetrahydrofuran, diphenyl ether, 2-ethyl-hexyl alcohol Examples include oleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, phenol, benzyl alcohol, 1-decanol, and lauryl alcohol. Among these, tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, acetylacetone, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, versatic acid, 2 -Ethylhexyl alcohol, 1-decanol, lauryl alcohol are preferred.
The Lewis base is reacted at a ratio of 0.01 to 30 mol, preferably 0.5 to 10 mol, per 1 mol of the metal halide. When the reaction product with the Lewis base is used, the metal remaining in the polymer can be reduced.
The component (E-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記(E-3)成分としては、ベンジルクロライド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the component (E-3) include benzyl chloride.
 前記(E)成分は、一種単独で使用することも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。また、前記(E)成分の使用量は、前記(A)成分と共に用いる場合、前記(A)成分に対して0~5倍molであることが好ましく、1~5倍molであることが更に好ましい。 The component (E) can be used singly or as a mixture of two or more. In addition, when the component (E) is used together with the component (A), the amount used is preferably 0 to 5 times mol, more preferably 1 to 5 times mol relative to the component (A). preferable.
 前記シクロペンタジエン骨格含有化合物((F)成分)は、シクロペンタジエニル基、インデニル基、及びフルオレニル基から選択される基を有し、該シクロペンタジエン骨格含有化合物(F)は、置換又は無置換シクロペンタジエン、置換又は無置換のインデン、置換又は無置換のフルオレンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の化合物である。上記(F)成分は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 The cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound (component (F)) has a group selected from a cyclopentadienyl group, an indenyl group, and a fluorenyl group, and the cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound (F) is substituted or unsubstituted. It is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of cyclopentadiene, substituted or unsubstituted indene, substituted or unsubstituted fluorene. The said (F) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 前記置換又は無置換のシクロペンタジエンとしては、例えば、シクロペンタジエン、ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエン、テトラメチルシクロペンタジエン、イソプロピルシクロペンタジエン、トリメチルシリル-テトラメチルシクロペンタジエン、(1-ベンジルジメチルシリル)シクロペンタ[l]フェナントレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadiene include cyclopentadiene, pentamethylcyclopentadiene, tetramethylcyclopentadiene, isopropylcyclopentadiene, trimethylsilyl-tetramethylcyclopentadiene, (1-benzyldimethylsilyl) cyclopenta [l] phenanthrene, and the like. Is mentioned.
 前記置換又は無置換のインデンとしては、例えば、インデン、2-フェニル-1H-インデン、3-ベンジル-1H-インデン、3-メチル-2-フェニル-1H-インデン、3-ベンジル-2-フェニル-1H-インデン、1-ベンジル-1H-インデン、1-メチル-3-ジメチルベンジルシリル-インデン、1,3-ビス(t-ブチルジメチルシリル)-インデン、(1-ベンジルジメチルシリル-3-シクロペンチル)インデン、(1-ベンジル-3-t-ブチルジメチルシリル)インデン等が挙げられ、特に、分子量分布を小さくする観点から、3-ベンジル-1H-インデン、1-ベンジル-1H-インデンが好ましい。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted indene include indene, 2-phenyl-1H-indene, 3-benzyl-1H-indene, 3-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indene, and 3-benzyl-2-phenyl- 1H-indene, 1-benzyl-1H-indene, 1-methyl-3-dimethylbenzylsilyl-indene, 1,3-bis (t-butyldimethylsilyl) -indene, (1-benzyldimethylsilyl-3-cyclopentyl) Indene, (1-benzyl-3-t-butyldimethylsilyl) indene and the like can be mentioned, and 3-benzyl-1H-indene and 1-benzyl-1H-indene are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the molecular weight distribution.
 前記置換又は無置換のフルオレンとしては、フルオレン、トリメチルシリルフルオレン、イソプロピルフルオレン等が挙げられる Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted fluorene include fluorene, trimethylsilylfluorene, isopropylfluorene, and the like.
 特に、シクロペンタジエン骨格含有化合物((F)成分)は、置換シクロペンタジエン、置換インデン又は置換フルオレンであることが好ましく、置換インデンであることがより好ましい。これにより、重合触媒としてのかさ高さが有利に増大するため、反応時間を短くし、反応温度を高くすることができる。また、共役電子を多く具えるため、反応系における触媒活性を更に向上させることができる。 In particular, the cyclopentadiene skeleton-containing compound (component (F)) is preferably a substituted cyclopentadiene, a substituted indene or a substituted fluorene, and more preferably a substituted indene. Thereby, since the bulk height as a polymerization catalyst increases advantageously, reaction time can be shortened and reaction temperature can be made high. Moreover, since many conjugated electrons are provided, the catalytic activity in the reaction system can be further improved.
 ここで、置換シクロペンタジエン、置換インデン、置換フルオレンの置換基としては、ヒドロカルビル基、メタロイド基が挙げられ、ヒドロカルビル基の炭素数は1~20であることが好ましく、1~10であることが更に好ましく、1~8であることがより一層好ましい。該ヒドロカルビル基として、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基等が好適に挙げられる。一方、メタロイド基のメタロイドの例としては、ゲルミルGe、スタニルSn、シリルSiが挙げられ、また、メタロイド基はヒドロカルビル基を有することが好ましく、メタロイド基が有するヒドロカルビル基は上記のヒドロカルビル基と同様である。該メタロイド基として、具体的には、トリメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。 Here, examples of the substituent of the substituted cyclopentadiene, substituted indene, and substituted fluorene include a hydrocarbyl group and a metalloid group, and the hydrocarbyl group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferably 1 to 8, and more preferably. Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, and a benzyl group. On the other hand, examples of metalloid group metalloids include germyl Ge, stannyl Sn, and silyl Si, and the metalloid group preferably has a hydrocarbyl group, and the hydrocarbyl group that the metalloid group has is the same as the above hydrocarbyl group. is there. Specific examples of the metalloid group include a trimethylsilyl group.
 前記(F)成分は、1種単独で使用することも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。また、前記(F)成分の使用量は、触媒活性を向上させる観点から、前記(A)成分と共に用いる場合、前記(A)成分に対するモル比として、0超であることが好ましく、0.5以上であることが更に好ましく、1以上であることが特に好ましく、また、3以下であることが好ましく、2.5以下であることが更に好ましく、2.2以下であることが特に好ましい。 The component (F) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the catalytic activity, the amount of the component (F) used is preferably more than 0 as a molar ratio with respect to the component (A) when used together with the component (A). More preferably, it is more preferably 1, or more, more preferably 3 or less, further preferably 2.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.2 or less.
 上述の(A)~(F)成分は、様々に組み合わせ、触媒組成物として、前記重合工程に用いることが好ましい。好適な触媒組成物としては、以下の第一の触媒組成物及び第二の触媒組成物が挙げられる。 The above-mentioned components (A) to (F) are preferably combined in various ways and used in the polymerization step as a catalyst composition. Suitable catalyst compositions include the following first catalyst composition and second catalyst composition.
 前記第一の触媒組成物は、前記(A-1)成分と、前記(B)成分と、前記(D)成分と、を含み、更に、任意成分として、前記(C)成分及び前記(E)成分の一種以上を含むことが好ましい。なお、前記(A-1)成分が、前記一般式(V)で表わされメタロセン系複合触媒である場合は、前記(B)成分も任意成分となる。 The first catalyst composition includes the component (A-1), the component (B), and the component (D), and further includes the component (C) and the component (E) as optional components. It is preferable to include one or more components. In the case where the component (A-1) is a metallocene composite catalyst represented by the general formula (V), the component (B) is also an optional component.
 前記第二の触媒組成物は、前記(A-2)成分と、前記(B)成分と、前記(D)成分と、を含み、更に、任意成分として、前記(C)成分、前記(E)成分及び前記(F)成分の一種以上を含むことが好ましい。なお、第二の触媒組成物が(F)成分を含む場合、触媒活性が向上する。 The second catalyst composition includes the component (A-2), the component (B), and the component (D), and further includes the component (C) and the component (E) as optional components. ) Component and at least one of the component (F). In addition, when a 2nd catalyst composition contains (F) component, catalyst activity improves.
 また、前記カップリング工程は、前記重合工程において得られた多元共重合体の高分子鎖の少なくとも一部(例えば、末端)を変性する反応(カップリング反応)を行う工程である。
 前記カップリング工程において、重合反応が100%に達した際にカップリング反応を行うことが好ましい。
 前記カップリング反応に用いるカップリング剤としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、ビス(マレイン酸-1-オクタデシル)ジオクチルスズ(IV)等のスズ含有化合物;4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等のイソシアネート化合物;グリシジルプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のアルコキシシラン化合物、などが挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 これらの中でも、ビス(マレイン酸-1-オクタデシル)ジオクチルスズ(IV)が、反応効率と低ゲル生成の点で、好ましい。
 なお、カップリング反応を行うことにより、数平均分子量(Mn)の増加を行うことができる。
The coupling step is a step of performing a reaction (coupling reaction) for modifying at least a part (for example, terminal) of the polymer chain of the multi-component copolymer obtained in the polymerization step.
In the coupling step, the coupling reaction is preferably performed when the polymerization reaction reaches 100%.
The coupling agent used in the coupling reaction is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. For example, a tin-containing compound such as bis (-1-octadecyl maleate) dioctyl tin (IV); Examples include isocyanate compounds such as 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate; alkoxysilane compounds such as glycidylpropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
Among these, bis (-1-octadecyl maleate) dioctyltin (IV) is preferable from the viewpoint of reaction efficiency and low gel formation.
In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be increased by performing a coupling reaction.
 前記洗浄工程は、前記重合工程において得られた多元共重合体を洗浄する工程である。なお、洗浄に用いる媒体としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノールなどが挙げられるが、重合触媒としてルイス酸由来の触媒を使用する際は、特にこれらの溶媒に対して酸(たとえば塩酸、硫酸、硝酸)を加えて使用することができる。添加する酸の量は溶媒に対して15mol%以下が好ましい。これ以上では、酸が共重合体中に残存してしまうことで混練及び加硫時の反応に悪影響を及ぼす可能性がある。
 この洗浄工程により、共重合体中の触媒残渣量を好適に低下させることができる。
The washing step is a step of washing the multi-component copolymer obtained in the polymerization step. The medium used for washing is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples thereof include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, and the like. When a catalyst derived from a Lewis acid is used as a polymerization catalyst. Can be used in particular by adding an acid (for example, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid) to these solvents. The amount of the acid to be added is preferably 15 mol% or less with respect to the solvent. Above this, the acid remains in the copolymer, which may adversely affect the reaction during kneading and vulcanization.
By this washing step, the amount of catalyst residue in the copolymer can be suitably reduced.
 また、前記ゴム成分(a)中の、前記多元共重合体(a1)の含有率は、5~100質量%の範囲が好ましく、10~100質量%の範囲がさらに好ましく、15~100質量%の範囲がより一層好ましい。ゴム成分(a)中の、多元共重合体(a1)の含有率が10質量%以上であれば、多元共重合体(a1)による作用が十分に発揮され、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上する。 The content of the multi-component copolymer (a1) in the rubber component (a) is preferably in the range of 5 to 100% by mass, more preferably in the range of 10 to 100% by mass, and 15 to 100% by mass. The range of is more preferable. If the content of the multi-component copolymer (a1) in the rubber component (a) is 10% by mass or more, the effect of the multi-component copolymer (a1) is sufficiently exhibited, and the abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition. The nature is further improved.
 前記ゴム成分(a)中の、前記多元共重合体(a1)以外のゴム成分としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、天然ゴム(NR)、イソプレンゴム(IR)、ブタジエンゴム(BR)、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエンゴム(NBR)、クロロプレンゴム、エチレン-プロピレンゴム(EPM)、エチレン-プロピレン-ジエンゴム(EPDM)、多硫化ゴム、シリコーンゴム、フッ素ゴム、ウレタンゴム等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as rubber components other than the said multicomponent copolymer (a1) in the said rubber component (a), According to the objective, it can select suitably, For example, natural rubber (NR), isoprene rubber (IR), butadiene rubber (BR), acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber (NBR), chloroprene rubber, ethylene-propylene rubber (EPM), ethylene-propylene-diene rubber (EPDM), polysulfide rubber, silicone rubber, fluorine rubber, urethane rubber Etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for them.
 さらに、前記ゴム組成物は、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物中に複数の空隙を設ける観点から、空隙導入剤(b)を含有することが好ましい。前記ゴム組成物が空隙導入剤(b)を含有することで、より確実に、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物に、5~100μmの表面粗さを形成することができる。 Furthermore, the rubber composition preferably contains a void introducing agent (b) from the viewpoint of providing a plurality of voids in the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention. When the rubber composition contains the void introducing agent (b), the surface roughness of 5 to 100 μm can be more reliably formed in the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention.
 前記空隙導入剤(b)としては、発泡剤、親水性短繊維、硫酸金属塩、熱膨張性マイクロカプセル、多孔質セルロース粒子等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、加硫ゴム組成物の空隙の平均径を調整することで、より確実に表面粗さの調整ができる観点から、発泡剤を用いることが好ましい。なお、これら空隙導入剤(b)は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。 Examples of the void introducing agent (b) include foaming agents, hydrophilic short fibers, metal sulfate salts, thermally expandable microcapsules, and porous cellulose particles. Among these, it is preferable to use a foaming agent from the viewpoint of adjusting the surface roughness more reliably by adjusting the average diameter of the voids of the vulcanized rubber composition. In addition, these space | gap introducing agents (b) may be used individually by 1 type, and may mix and use 2 or more types.
 ここで、前記発泡剤については、前記ゴム組成物を加硫する際に、発泡剤由来の気泡が加硫ゴム組成物中に形成され、加硫ゴム組成物に空隙を設け、加硫ゴム組成物表面に所定の表面粗さを形成することができるため、タイヤの氷上性能をさらに向上させることができる。 Here, with respect to the foaming agent, when the rubber composition is vulcanized, bubbles derived from the foaming agent are formed in the vulcanized rubber composition, voids are provided in the vulcanized rubber composition, and the vulcanized rubber composition Since a predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the object surface, the on-ice performance of the tire can be further improved.
 前記発泡剤としては、アゾジカルボンアミド(ADCA)、ジニトロソペンタメチレンテトラミン(DNPT)、ジニトロソペンタスチレンテトラミン、ベンゼンスルホニルヒドラジド誘導体、p,p’-オキシビスベンゼンスルホニルヒドラジド(OBSH)、重炭酸アンモニウム、重炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸アンモニウム、ニトロソスルホニルアゾ化合物、N,N’-ジメチル-N,N’-ジニトロソフタルアミド、トルエンスルホニルヒドラジド、p-トルエンスルホニルセミカルバジド、p,p’-オキシビスベンゼンスルホニルセミカルバジド等が挙げられる。これら発泡剤の中でも、ジニトロソペンタメチレンテトラミン(DNPT)が好ましい。これら発泡剤は、一種単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of the blowing agent include azodicarbonamide (ADCA), dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine (DNPT), dinitrosopentastyrenetetramine, benzenesulfonyl hydrazide derivative, p, p'-oxybisbenzenesulfonylhydrazide (OBSH), ammonium bicarbonate. , Sodium bicarbonate, ammonium carbonate, nitrososulfonylazo compound, N, N′-dimethyl-N, N′-dinitrosophthalamide, toluenesulfonyl hydrazide, p-toluenesulfonyl semicarbazide, p, p′-oxybisbenzenesulfonyl semicarbazide Etc. Among these foaming agents, dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine (DNPT) is preferable. These foaming agents may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
 また、該発泡剤の配合量は、特に限定されるものではないが、前記ゴム成分100質量部に対して0.5~50質量部含有することが好ましい。発泡剤の含有量が、ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上であれば、空隙を十分に形成でき、タイヤの氷上性能を更に向上させることができると共に、入力を受けた際の歪が大きくなって、上述の多元共重合体(a1)の効果が大きくなるため、タイヤの耐摩耗性をさらに向上させることができる。また、発泡剤の含有量が、ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対して50質量部以下であれば、生成する発泡ゴムが十分な強度を有するため、タイヤの耐摩耗性を更に向上させることができ、また、十分な接地面積を確保できる。
※好ましい配合量の範囲として、0.5~30質量部→1~20質量部を追記ください。
The blending amount of the foaming agent is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. If the content of the foaming agent is 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), the air gap can be sufficiently formed and the on-ice performance of the tire can be further improved. Since the distortion at the time of receiving becomes large and the effect of the above-mentioned multi-component copolymer (a1) becomes large, the wear resistance of the tire can be further improved. Further, if the content of the foaming agent is 50 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), the foamed rubber to be generated has sufficient strength, so that the wear resistance of the tire is further improved. And a sufficient ground contact area can be secured.
* Please add 0.5 to 30 parts by weight → 1 to 20 parts by weight as the preferred range of the amount.
 さらに、上記発泡剤には、発泡助剤として尿素、ステアリン酸亜鉛、ベンゼンスルフィン酸亜鉛、亜鉛華等を併用することが好ましい。これら発泡助剤は、一種単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。発泡助剤を併用することにより、発泡反応を促進して反応の完結度を高め、経時的に不要な劣化を抑制することができる。
 前記発泡助剤の配合量は、特に限定されるものではないが、前記ゴム成分100質量部に対して1~30質量部の範囲が好ましい。
Furthermore, it is preferable that urea, zinc stearate, zinc benzenesulfinate, zinc white, etc. are used in combination with the foaming agent. These foaming aids may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By using a foaming aid in combination, the foaming reaction can be promoted to increase the degree of completion of the reaction, and unnecessary deterioration can be suppressed over time.
The blending amount of the foaming aid is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
 前記親水性短繊維については、ゴム組成物の加硫時に、発泡剤等から発生したガスが親水性短繊維の内部に浸入し、親水性短繊維の形状に対応した形状を有する気泡(空隙)を形成することができ、加硫ゴム組成物表面に所定の表面粗さ(凹凸)を形成することができるため、タイヤの氷上性能をさらに向上させることができる。また、表面の凹部は、壁面が親水性短繊維由来の樹脂で覆われ、親水化されている。そのため、親水性短繊維と発泡剤を含むゴム組成物からなる加硫ゴム組成物をタイヤに用いた際、凹部の壁面がトレッド表面に露出するため、水との親和性が向上し、凹部が水を積極的に取り込むことができるようになり、タイヤに優れた排水性が付与され、タイヤの氷上性能を大幅に向上させることができる。 For the hydrophilic short fibers, a gas generated from a foaming agent or the like during the vulcanization of the rubber composition enters the inside of the hydrophilic short fibers and has a shape (void) having a shape corresponding to the shape of the hydrophilic short fibers. Since a predetermined surface roughness (unevenness) can be formed on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition, the on-ice performance of the tire can be further improved. Moreover, the surface of the concave portion on the surface is made hydrophilic by being covered with a resin derived from hydrophilic short fibers. Therefore, when a vulcanized rubber composition comprising a rubber composition containing hydrophilic short fibers and a foaming agent is used for a tire, the wall surface of the recess is exposed on the tread surface, so the affinity with water is improved and the recess is Water can be actively taken in, the tire has excellent drainage properties, and the on-ice performance of the tire can be greatly improved.
 前記親水性短繊維の原料として用いる親水性樹脂としては、分子内に親水性基を有する樹脂が挙げられる。具体的には、酸素原子、窒素原子、及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1つを含む樹脂であることが好ましく、例えば、-OH、-COOH、-OCOR(Rはアルキル基)、-NH、-NCO、及び-SHからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の置換基を含む樹脂が挙げられる。また、これらの置換基のなかでも、-OH、-COOH、-OCOR、-NH、及び-NCOが好ましい。例えば、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、ビニルアルコール単独重合体、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸或いはそのエステル、ポリエチレングリコール、カルボキシビニル共重合体、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、ポリビニルピロリドン、ビニルピロリドン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、メルカプトエタノール等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、ビニルアルコール単独重合体、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましく、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体が特に好ましい。 Examples of the hydrophilic resin used as a raw material for the hydrophilic short fibers include resins having a hydrophilic group in the molecule. Specifically, a resin containing at least one selected from an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom is preferable. For example, —OH, —COOH, —OCOR (R is an alkyl group), —NH 2 And a resin containing at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of —NCO and —SH. Of these substituents, —OH, —COOH, —OCOR, —NH 2 , and —NCO are preferable. For example, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, vinyl alcohol homopolymer, poly (meth) acrylic acid or its ester, polyethylene glycol, carboxyvinyl copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl pyrrolidone-acetic acid Examples thereof include a vinyl copolymer and mercaptoethanol. Among these, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a vinyl alcohol homopolymer, and poly (meth) acrylic acid are preferable, and an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer is particularly preferable.
 上記親水性短繊維の表面には、前記ゴム成分(a)に対して親和性を有し、好ましくは、ゴム組成物の加硫最高温度よりも低い融点を有する低融点樹脂からなる被覆層が形成されていてもよい。かかる被覆層を形成することで、親水性短繊維が有する水との親和性を有効に保持しつつ、被覆層とゴム成分(a)との親和性が良好なため、短繊維のゴム成分(a)への分散性が向上する。また、かかる低融点樹脂が加硫時に溶融することで流動性を帯びた被覆層となってゴム成分(a)と親水性短繊維との接着を図ることに寄与し、良好な排水性と耐久性とが付与されたタイヤを容易に実現することができる。なお、かかる被覆層の厚みは、親水性短繊維の配合量や平均径等によって変動し得るが、通常0.001~10μm、好ましくは0.001~5μmである。
 前記被覆層に用いる低融点樹脂の融点は、ゴム組成物の加硫の最高温度よりも低いことが好ましい。なお、加硫の最高温度とは、ゴム組成物の加硫時にゴム組成物が達する最高温度を意味する。例えば、モールド加硫の場合には、上記ゴム組成物がモールド内に入ってからモールドを出て冷却されるまでに該ゴム組成物が達する最高温度を意味し、かかる加硫最高温度は、例えば、ゴム組成物中に熱電対を埋め込むこと等により測定することができる。低融点樹脂の融点の上限としては、特に制限はないものの、以上の点を考慮して択することが好ましく、一般的には、ゴム組成物の加硫最高温度よりも、10℃以上低いことが好ましく、20℃以上低いことがより好ましい。なお、ゴム組成物の工業的な加硫温度は、一般的には最高で約190℃程度であるが、例えば、加硫最高温度がこの190℃に設定されている場合には、低融点樹脂の融点としては、通常190℃未満の範囲で選択され、180℃以下が好ましく、170℃以下がより好ましい。
 前記低融点樹脂としては、ポリオレフィン系樹脂が好ましく、例としては、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリスチレン、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体、エチレン-メタクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-エチルアクリレート共重合体、エチレン-プロピレン-ジエン三元共重合体、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、並びにこれらのアイオノマー樹脂等が挙げられる。
On the surface of the hydrophilic short fiber, a coating layer made of a low melting point resin having affinity for the rubber component (a), preferably having a melting point lower than the maximum vulcanization temperature of the rubber composition. It may be formed. By forming such a coating layer, the affinity between the hydrophilic layer and the rubber component (a) is good while effectively maintaining the affinity of the hydrophilic short fiber with water. Dispersibility in a) is improved. In addition, the low melting point resin melts at the time of vulcanization to form a coating layer having fluidity, thereby contributing to adhesion between the rubber component (a) and the hydrophilic short fiber, and good drainage and durability. It is possible to easily realize a tire imparted with characteristics. The thickness of the coating layer may vary depending on the blending amount and average diameter of the hydrophilic short fibers, but is usually 0.001 to 10 μm, preferably 0.001 to 5 μm.
The melting point of the low melting point resin used for the coating layer is preferably lower than the maximum temperature for vulcanization of the rubber composition. The maximum temperature for vulcanization means the maximum temperature that the rubber composition reaches when vulcanizing the rubber composition. For example, in the case of mold vulcanization, it means the maximum temperature that the rubber composition reaches from the time when the rubber composition enters the mold to the time when the rubber composition exits the mold and cools. It can be measured by embedding a thermocouple in the rubber composition. The upper limit of the melting point of the low-melting resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably selected in consideration of the above points. Generally, it is 10 ° C. lower than the maximum vulcanization temperature of the rubber composition. Is preferable, and it is more preferably lower by 20 ° C. or more. The industrial vulcanization temperature of the rubber composition is generally about 190 ° C. at the maximum. For example, when the maximum vulcanization temperature is set to 190 ° C., the low melting point resin The melting point is usually selected within a range of less than 190 ° C, preferably 180 ° C or less, and more preferably 170 ° C or less.
The low melting point resin is preferably a polyolefin resin, and examples include polyethylene, polypropylene, polybutene, polystyrene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, ethylene- Examples thereof include propylene-diene terpolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, and ionomer resins thereof.
 前記親水性短繊維の含有量は、前記ゴム成分の合計100質量部に対して0.1~100質量部の範囲が好ましく、1~50質量部の範囲がさらに好ましい。親水性短繊維の含有量を上記範囲に収めることで、氷上性能と耐摩耗性の良好なバランスを取ることができる。 The content of the hydrophilic short fibers is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the rubber components. By keeping the content of the hydrophilic short fibers in the above range, a good balance between performance on ice and wear resistance can be achieved.
 前記硫酸金属塩については、加硫ゴム組成物をタイヤに用いた際、雪や氷との接触時に溶解し、タイヤトレッドの表面に複数の空隙を形成することができ、加硫ゴム組成物表面に所定の表面粗さを形成することができる。加硫ゴム組成物表面が粗さ(凹凸)を有することによって、タイヤに優れた排水性が付与され、タイヤの氷上性能を大幅に向上させることができる。 As for the metal sulfate, when the vulcanized rubber composition is used for a tire, it dissolves upon contact with snow and ice, and can form a plurality of voids on the surface of the tire tread. A predetermined surface roughness can be formed. When the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition has roughness (unevenness), excellent drainage properties are imparted to the tire, and the on-ice performance of the tire can be greatly improved.
 ここで、前記硫酸金属塩の金属については、特に限定はされないが、氷雪路面との接触時に確実に溶解する観点から、アルカリ金属及び/又はアルカリ土類金属であることが好ましく、例えば、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、バリウム等が挙げられる。 Here, the metal of the sulfate metal salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkali metal and / or an alkaline earth metal from the viewpoint of reliably dissolving at the time of contact with an icy and snowy road surface, for example, potassium, Examples include magnesium, calcium, and barium.
 前記硫酸金属塩の含有量は、前記ゴム成分(a)の合計100質量部に対して5~40質量部の範囲が好ましく、10~35質量部の範囲がさらに好ましい。硫酸金属塩の含有量を上記範囲に収めることで、氷上性能と耐摩耗性の良好なバランスを取ることができる。 The content of the metal sulfate salt is preferably in the range of 5 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 10 to 35 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the rubber component (a). By keeping the content of metal sulfate in the above range, a good balance between performance on ice and wear resistance can be achieved.
 前記熱膨張性マイクロカプセルについては、熱によって気化又は膨張する特性をもち、加硫ゴム組成物をタイヤに用いた際、加硫ゴム組成物の内部に複数の空隙を形成することができ、加硫ゴム組成物表面に所定の表面粗さを形成することができる。加硫ゴム組成物表面が粗さ(凹凸)を有することによって、水との親和性が向上し、加硫ゴム組成物表面の凹部が水を積極的に取り込むことができるようになり、タイヤに優れた排水性が付与され、タイヤの氷上性能を大幅に向上させることができる。 The thermally expandable microcapsule has a property of being vaporized or expanded by heat. When the vulcanized rubber composition is used for a tire, a plurality of voids can be formed inside the vulcanized rubber composition. A predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition. Since the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition has roughness (unevenness), the affinity with water is improved, and the recesses on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition can actively take in water. Excellent drainage is imparted and the on-ice performance of the tire can be greatly improved.
 前記熱膨張性マイクロカプセルは、熱可塑性樹脂で形成された殻材中に、熱膨張性物質を内包した構成からなる。熱膨張性マイクロカプセルの殻材はニトリル系重合体により形成することができる。
 またマイクロカプセルの殻材中に内包する熱膨張性物質は、熱によって気化又は膨張する特性を有するものであり、例えば、イソアルカン、ノルマルアルカン等の炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類が例示される。イソアルカンとしては、イソブタン、イソペンタン、2-メチルペンタン、2-メチルヘキサン、2,2,4-トリメチルペンタン等を挙げることができ、ノルマルアルカンとしては、n-ブタン、n-プロパン、n-ヘキサン、n-ヘプタン、n-オクタン等を挙げることができる。これらの炭化水素は、それぞれ単独で使用しても複数を組み合わせて使用してもよい。熱膨張性物質の好ましい形態としては、常温で液体の炭化水素に、常温で気体の炭化水素を溶解させたものがよい。このような炭化水素の混合物を使用することにより、未加硫タイヤの加硫成形温度域(150℃~190℃)において、低温領域から高温領域にかけて十分な膨張力を得ることができる。
 このような熱膨張性マイクロカプセルとしては、例えば、スウェーデン国エクスパンセル社製の商品名「EXPANCEL 091DU-80」または「EXPANCEL 092DU-120」等、或いは松本油脂製薬社製の商品名「マツモトマイクロスフェアー F-85D」または「マツモトマイクロスフェアー F-100D」等を使用することができる。
The thermally expandable microcapsule has a configuration in which a thermally expandable substance is encapsulated in a shell material formed of a thermoplastic resin. The shell material of the thermally expandable microcapsule can be formed of a nitrile polymer.
In addition, the thermally expandable substance encapsulated in the shell of the microcapsule has a property of being vaporized or expanded by heat. For example, at least one selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbons such as isoalkane and normal alkane is exemplified. Is done. Examples of isoalkanes include isobutane, isopentane, 2-methylpentane, 2-methylhexane, 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, etc., and normal alkanes include n-butane, n-propane, n-hexane, Examples thereof include n-heptane and n-octane. These hydrocarbons may be used alone or in combination. As a preferred form of the thermally expandable substance, a hydrocarbon which is liquid at room temperature and dissolved in hydrocarbon at room temperature is preferable. By using such a mixture of hydrocarbons, a sufficient expansion force can be obtained from the low temperature region to the high temperature region in the vulcanization molding temperature range (150 ° C. to 190 ° C.) of the unvulcanized tire.
Examples of such heat-expandable microcapsules include trade names “EXPANCEL 091DU-80” and “EXPANEL 092DU-120” manufactured by Expancel, Sweden, or trade names “Matsumoto Micro, manufactured by Matsumoto Yushi Seiyaku Co., Ltd. "Sphere F-85D" or "Matsumoto Microsphere F-100D" can be used.
 前記熱膨張性マイクロカプセルの配合量は、前記ゴム成分(a)の合計100質量部に対して0.5~20質量部の範囲が好ましい。熱膨張性マイクロカプセルの配合量を上記範囲に収めることで、氷上性能と耐摩耗性の良好なバランスを取ることができる。 The amount of the thermally expandable microcapsule is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the rubber component (a). By keeping the blending amount of the thermally expandable microcapsules within the above range, a good balance between performance on ice and wear resistance can be achieved.
 前記多孔質セルロース粒子については、内部に空隙を有しており、加硫ゴム組成物中に含有されることで、加硫ゴム組成物中に複数の空隙を設けることができ、加硫ゴム組成物表面に所定の表面粗さを形成することができる。それによって、トレッド表面が粗さ(凹凸)を有するため、水との親和性が向上し、加硫ゴム組成物表面の凹部が水を積極的に取り込むことができるようになり、タイヤに優れた排水性が付与され、タイヤの氷上性能を大幅に向上させることができる。 The porous cellulose particles have voids inside and can be provided in the vulcanized rubber composition so that a plurality of voids can be provided in the vulcanized rubber composition. A predetermined surface roughness can be formed on the object surface. Thereby, since the tread surface has roughness (unevenness), the affinity with water is improved, and the recesses on the surface of the vulcanized rubber composition can actively take in water, which is excellent for tires. Drainability is imparted, and the on-ice performance of the tire can be greatly improved.
 ここで、前記多孔性セルロース粒子は、空隙率75~95%という多孔質構造を持つセルロース粒子のことをいう。多孔性セルロース粒子の空隙率が75%以上であることにより、氷上性能の向上効果に優れ、また、空隙率が95%以下であることにより、粒子の強度を高めることができる。該空隙率は、より好ましくは80~90%である。
 なお、多孔性セルロース粒子の空隙率は、一定質量の試料(即ち、多孔性セルロース粒子)の体積をメスシリンダーで測定し、嵩比重を求めて、下記式から求めることができる。
空隙率[%]={1-(試料の嵩比重[g/ml])/(試料の真比重[g/ml])}×100
 なお、セルロースの真比重は1.5である。
Here, the porous cellulose particles refer to cellulose particles having a porous structure with a porosity of 75 to 95%. When the porosity of the porous cellulose particles is 75% or more, the effect on improving the performance on ice is excellent, and when the porosity is 95% or less, the strength of the particles can be increased. The porosity is more preferably 80 to 90%.
The porosity of the porous cellulose particles can be obtained from the following formula by measuring the volume of a sample having a constant mass (ie, porous cellulose particles) with a graduated cylinder and determining the bulk specific gravity.
Porosity [%] = {1− (bulk specific gravity of sample [g / ml]) / (true specific gravity of sample [g / ml])} × 100
The true specific gravity of cellulose is 1.5.
 また、前記多孔性セルロース粒子の粒径は、特に限定しないが、耐摩耗性の観点から、平均粒径が1000μm以下のものが好ましく用いられる。平均粒径の下限は、特に限定されないが、5μm以上であることが好ましい。平均粒径は、より好ましくは100~800μmであり、さらに好ましくは200~800μmである。 The particle size of the porous cellulose particles is not particularly limited, but those having an average particle size of 1000 μm or less are preferably used from the viewpoint of wear resistance. Although the minimum of an average particle diameter is not specifically limited, It is preferable that it is 5 micrometers or more. The average particle diameter is more preferably 100 to 800 μm, and further preferably 200 to 800 μm.
 さらに、前記多孔性セルロース粒子としては、長径/短径の比が1~2である球状粒子が好ましく用いられる。このような球状構造の粒子を用いることにより、ゴム組成物中への分散性を向上させ、氷上性能の向上や耐摩耗性の維持に寄与することができる。長径/短径の比は、より好ましくは1.0~1.5である。
 多孔性セルロース粒子の平均粒径と、長径/短径の比は、例えば、多孔性セルロース粒子を顕微鏡で観察した画像から得ることができる。観察画像では、粒子の長径と短径(長径と短径が同じ場合には、ある軸方向の長さとこれに直交する軸方向の長さ)を100個の粒子について測定し、その平均値を算出することで平均粒径が得られ、また、長径を短径で割った値の平均値により長径/短径の比が得られる。
 このような多孔性セルロース粒子は、例えば、レンゴー社から「ビスコパール」として市販されており、また、特開2001-323095号公報や特開2004-115284号公報等に記載されており、それらを好適に用いることができる。
Further, as the porous cellulose particles, spherical particles having a major axis / minor axis ratio of 1 to 2 are preferably used. By using particles having such a spherical structure, it is possible to improve dispersibility in the rubber composition and contribute to improvement of performance on ice and maintenance of wear resistance. The ratio of major axis / minor axis is more preferably 1.0 to 1.5.
The average particle diameter of the porous cellulose particles and the ratio of major axis / minor axis can be obtained, for example, from an image obtained by observing the porous cellulose particles with a microscope. In the observation image, the major axis and minor axis of the particles (if the major axis and minor axis are the same, the length in a certain axial direction and the length in the axial direction perpendicular thereto) are measured for 100 particles, and the average value is calculated. By calculating, the average particle diameter can be obtained, and the ratio of the major axis / minor axis can be obtained by the average value obtained by dividing the major axis by the minor axis.
Such porous cellulose particles are commercially available, for example, as “Visco Pearl” from Rengo Co., and are described in JP-A No. 2001-323095 and JP-A No. 2004-115284. It can be used suitably.
 多孔性セルロース粒子の含有量は、上記ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対して、0.3~20質量部の範囲内であることが好ましい。含有量が0.3質量部以上であることにより、氷上性能の向上効果を高めることができ、また、20質量部以下であることにより、ゴム硬度が高くなりすぎるのを抑えることができ、耐摩耗性の悪化も抑制することができる。多孔性セルロース粒子の含有量は、より好ましくは1~15質量部であり、さらに好ましくは3~15質量部である。 The content of the porous cellulose particles is preferably in the range of 0.3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a). When the content is 0.3 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving the performance on ice can be enhanced, and when the content is 20 parts by mass or less, the rubber hardness can be prevented from becoming excessively high. Abrasion deterioration can also be suppressed. The content of the porous cellulose particles is more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass.
 また、前記ゴム組成物は、樹脂成分(c)をさらに含有することが好ましい。ゴム組成物が樹脂成分(c)を含有することで、ゴム組成物の作業性がさらに向上する。また、ゴム組成物が、前記多元共重合体(a1)と共に樹脂成分(c)を含むことにより、多元共重合体(a1)に由来する高い耐摩耗性が維持され、かつ、タイヤ等の成型時において他部材と接着させる際のタッキネスに優れたゴム組成物をもたらすことができ、タイヤ等の生産性の向上にもつながる。 The rubber composition preferably further contains a resin component (c). When the rubber composition contains the resin component (c), the workability of the rubber composition is further improved. Moreover, since the rubber composition contains the resin component (c) together with the multi-component copolymer (a1), high wear resistance derived from the multi-component copolymer (a1) is maintained, and molding of a tire or the like is performed. In some cases, it is possible to provide a rubber composition having excellent tackiness when bonded to other members, leading to an improvement in productivity of tires and the like.
 前記樹脂成分(c)としては、種々の天然樹脂及び合成樹脂を使用することができ、具体的には、ロジン系樹脂、テルペン系樹脂、石油系樹脂、フェノール系樹脂、石炭系樹脂、キシレン系樹脂等を使用することが好ましい。これら樹脂成分(c)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 As the resin component (c), various natural resins and synthetic resins can be used. Specifically, rosin resins, terpene resins, petroleum resins, phenol resins, coal resins, xylene resins. It is preferable to use a resin or the like. These resin components (c) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
 前記天然樹脂において、ロジン系樹脂としては、ガムロジン、トール油ロジン、ウッドロジン、水素添加ロジン、不均化ロジン、重合ロジン、変性ロジンのグリセリン、ペンタエリスリトールエステル等が挙げられる。 In the natural resin, examples of the rosin resin include gum rosin, tall oil rosin, wood rosin, hydrogenated rosin, disproportionated rosin, polymerized rosin, modified rosin glycerin, and pentaerythritol ester.
 また、前記天然樹脂において、テルペン系樹脂としては、α-ピネン系、β-ピネン系、ジペンテン系等のテルペン樹脂、芳香族変性テルペン樹脂、テルペンフェノール樹脂、水素添加テルペン樹脂等が挙げられる。
 これら天然樹脂の中でも、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性の観点から、重合ロジン、テルペンフェノール樹脂、水素添加テルペン樹脂が好ましい。
In the natural resin, examples of the terpene resin include α-pinene-based, β-pinene-based, dipentene-based terpene resins, aromatic modified terpene resins, terpene phenol resins, hydrogenated terpene resins, and the like.
Among these natural resins, polymerized rosin, terpene phenol resin, and hydrogenated terpene resin are preferable from the viewpoint of wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition.
 前記合成樹脂において、石油系樹脂は、例えば石油化学工業のナフサの熱分解により、エチレン、プロピレン等の石油化学基礎原料とともに副生するオレフィンやジオレフィン等の不飽和炭化水素を含む分解油留分を混合物のままフリーデルクラフツ型触媒により重合して得られる。前記石油系樹脂としては、ナフサの熱分解によって得られるC留分を(共)重合して得られる脂肪族系石油樹脂(以下、「C系樹脂」と呼ぶことがある。)、ナフサの熱分解によって得られるC留分を(共)重合して得られる芳香族系石油樹脂(以下、「C系樹脂」と呼ぶことがある。)、前記C留分とC留分を共重合して得られる共重合系石油樹脂(以下、「C-C系樹脂」と呼ぶことがある。)、水素添加系やジシクロペンタジエン系等の脂環式化合物系石油樹脂、スチレン、置換スチレン又はスチレンと他のモノマーとの共重合体等のスチレン系樹脂等が挙げられる。 In the synthetic resin, the petroleum-based resin is a cracked oil fraction containing unsaturated hydrocarbons such as olefins and diolefins by-produced together with petrochemical basic raw materials such as ethylene and propylene by, for example, thermal decomposition of naphtha in the petrochemical industry. Is obtained by polymerizing with a Friedel-Crafts catalyst in the form of a mixture. Examples of the petroleum-based resin, a C 5 fraction obtained by thermal cracking of naphtha (co) polymer obtained by aliphatic petroleum resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "C 5 resins".), Naphtha of the C 9 fraction obtained by thermal decomposition (co) polymer obtained by aromatic petroleum resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "C 9 resins".), wherein the C 5 fraction and C 9 fraction Copolymer petroleum resin obtained by copolymerization of the components (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “C 5 -C 9 resin”), alicyclic compound petroleum resin such as hydrogenated or dicyclopentadiene Styrene resin such as styrene, substituted styrene, or a copolymer of styrene and another monomer.
 ナフサの熱分解によって得られるC留分には、通常1-ペンテン、2-ペンテン、2-メチル-1-ブテン、2-メチル-2-ブテン、3-メチル-1-ブテン等のオレフィン系炭化水素、2-メチル-1,3-ブタジエン、1,2-ペンタジエン、1,3-ペンタジエン、3-メチル-1,2-ブタジエン等のジオレフィン系炭化水素等が含まれる。また、C留分を(共)重合して得られる芳香族系石油樹脂は、ビニルトルエン、インデンを主要なモノマーとする炭素数9の芳香族を重合した樹脂であり、ナフサの熱分解によって得られるC留分の具体例としては、α-メチルスチレン、β-メチルスチレン、γ-メチルスチレン等のスチレン同族体やインデン、クマロン等のインデン同族体等が挙げられる。商品名としては、三井石油化学製ペトロジン、ミクニ化学製ペトライト、日本石油化学製ネオポリマー、東洋曹達製ペトコール等がある。 C 5 fractions obtained by thermal decomposition of naphtha are usually olefins such as 1-pentene, 2-pentene, 2-methyl-1-butene, 2-methyl-2-butene and 3-methyl-1-butene. These include hydrocarbons, diolefin hydrocarbons such as 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene, 1,2-pentadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 3-methyl-1,2-butadiene and the like. Further, aromatic petroleum resin obtained by C 9 fraction (co) polymerization, vinyl toluene, a resin obtained by polymerizing an aromatic carbon atoms 9, indene major monomers, by thermal cracking of naphtha Specific examples of the C 9 fraction obtained include styrene homologues such as α-methylstyrene, β-methylstyrene, and γ-methylstyrene, and indene homologues such as indene and coumarone. Trade names include Petrogin made by Mitsui Petrochemical, Petlite made by Mikuni Chemical, Neopolymer made by Nippon Petrochemical, Petol made by Toyo Soda, etc.
 さらに、本発明では、作業性の観点から、前記C留分からなる石油樹脂を変性した変性石油樹脂を好適に使用することができる。前記変性石油樹脂としては、不飽和脂環式化合物で変性したC系石油樹脂、水酸基を有する化合物で変性したC系石油樹脂、不飽和カルボン酸化合物で変性したC系石油樹脂等が挙げられる。 Furthermore, in the present invention can be in terms of workability, it is suitably used modified petroleum resin modified petroleum resin comprising the C 9 fraction. Examples of the modified petroleum resin, an unsaturated alicyclic compound modified with C 9 petroleum resins, C 9 petroleum resins modified with a compound having a hydroxyl group, C 9 petroleum resins modified with an unsaturated carboxylic acid compound Can be mentioned.
 好ましい不飽和脂環式化合物としては、シクロペンタジエン、メチルシクロペンタジエン等が挙げられる。また、不飽和脂環式化合物としては、アルキルシクロペンタジエンのディールスアルダー反応生成物も好ましく、該アルキルシクロペンタジエンのディールスアルダー反応生成物としては、ジシクロペンタジエン、シクロペンタジエン/メチルシクロペンタジエン共二量化物、トリシクロペンタジエン等が挙げられる。前記不飽和脂環式化合物としては、ジシクロペンタジエンが特に好ましい。ジシクロペンタジエン変性C系石油樹脂は、ジシクロペンタジエン及びC留分両者の存在下、熱重合等で得ることができる。前記ジシクロペンタジエン変性C系石油樹脂としては、例えば、ネオポリマー130S(新日本石油化学製)が挙げられる。 Preferred unsaturated alicyclic compounds include cyclopentadiene, methylcyclopentadiene and the like. Further, as the unsaturated alicyclic compound, a Diels-Alder reaction product of alkylcyclopentadiene is also preferable. And tricyclopentadiene. As the unsaturated alicyclic compound, dicyclopentadiene is particularly preferable. Dicyclopentadiene-modified C 9 petroleum resin in the presence of dicyclopentadiene and C 9 fraction both can be obtained by thermal polymerization or the like. Examples of the dicyclopentadiene-modified C 9 petroleum resin, for example, Neo polymer 130S (manufactured by Nippon Petrochemicals).
 また、水酸基を有する化合物としては、アルコール化合物やフェノール化合物等が挙げられる。アルコール化合物の具体例としては、例えば、アリルアルコール、2-ブテン-1,4ジオール等の二重結合を有するアルコール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール、クレゾール、キシレノール、p-tert-ブチルフェノール、p-オクチルフェノール、p-ノニルフェノール等のアルキルフェノール類を使用できる。これらの水酸基を有する化合物は、単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を併用してもよい。また、水酸基を有するC系石油樹脂は、石油留分とともに(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等を熱重合して石油樹脂中にエステル基を導入した後、該エステル基を還元する方法、石油樹脂中に二重結合を残存又は導入した後、当該二重結合を水和する方法、等によって製造することができる。水酸基を有するC系石油樹脂としては、前記のように各種の方法により得られるものを使用できるが、性能面、製造面から見て、フェノール変性石油樹脂等を使用するのが好ましい。該フェノール変性石油樹脂は、C留分をフェノールの存在下でカチオン重合して得られ、変性が容易であり、低価格である。前記フェノール変性C系石油樹脂としては、例えば、ネオポリマー-E-130(新日本石油化学製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having a hydroxyl group include alcohol compounds and phenol compounds. Specific examples of the alcohol compound include alcohol compounds having a double bond such as allyl alcohol and 2-butene-1,4 diol. As the phenol compound, alkylphenols such as phenol, cresol, xylenol, p-tert-butylphenol, p-octylphenol and p-nonylphenol can be used. These compounds having a hydroxyl group may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Also, the C 9 petroleum resin having a hydroxyl group, after introduction of the ester group in the petroleum resin by thermal polymerization with petroleum distillate (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, a method of reducing the ester group, petroleum resin It can be produced by a method of hydrating the double bond after remaining or introducing the double bond therein. The C 9 petroleum resin having a hydroxyl group, can be used those obtained by the various methods as, Performance, viewed from the manufacturing aspect, it is preferred to use a phenol-modified petroleum resins. The phenol-modified petroleum resins, obtained by cationic polymerization of the C 9 fraction in the presence of phenol, modified is easy and low cost. Examples of the phenol-modified C 9 petroleum resin, for example, Neo polymer -E-130 (manufactured by Nippon Petrochemicals).
 さらに、前記不飽和カルボン酸化合物で変性したC系石油樹脂は、C系石油樹脂をエチレン性不飽和カルボン酸で変性することができる。かかるエチレン性不飽和カルボン酸の代表的なものとして、(無水)マレイン酸、フマール酸、イタコン酸、テトラヒドロ(無水)フタール酸、(メタ)アクリル酸又はシトラコン酸等が挙げられる。不飽和カルボン酸変性C系石油樹脂は、C系石油樹脂及びエチレン系不飽和カルボン酸を熱重合することで得ることができる。本発明においては、マレイン酸変性C系石油樹脂が好ましい。不飽和カルボン酸変性C系石油樹脂としては、例えば、ネオポリマー160(新日本石油化学製)が挙げられる。 Furthermore, the modified C 9 petroleum resin with an unsaturated carboxylic acid compound is capable of modifying the C 9 petroleum resin in an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid. Typical examples of such ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids include (anhydrous) maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, tetrahydro (anhydrous) phthalic acid, (meth) acrylic acid or citraconic acid. Unsaturated carboxylic acid-modified C 9 petroleum resin can be obtained by thermally polymerizing C 9 petroleum resin and ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid. In the present invention, maleic acid-modified C 9 petroleum resin is preferable. Examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid-modified C 9 petroleum resin, for example, Neo Polymer 160 (manufactured by Nippon Petrochemicals).
 また、ナフサの熱分解によって得られるC留分とC留分の共重合樹脂を好適に使用することができる。ここで、C留分としては、特に制限はないが、ナフサの熱分解によって得られたC留分であることが好ましい。具体的には、SCHILL&SEILACHER社製Struktolシリーズの、TS30、TS30-DL、TS35、TS35-DL等が挙げられる。 Further, it can be suitably used C 5 fraction and C 9 fraction copolymer resin obtained by thermal cracking of naphtha. Here, the C 9 fraction is not particularly limited, it is preferably a C 9 fraction obtained by thermal cracking of naphtha. Specific examples include TS30, TS30-DL, TS35, TS35-DL, etc., from the STRILL series manufactured by SCHILL & SEILACHER.
 前記合成樹脂において、フェノール系樹脂としては、アルキルフェノールホルムアルデヒド系樹脂及びそのロジン変性体、アルキルフェノールアセチレン系樹脂、変性アルキルフェノール樹脂、テルペンフェノール樹脂等が挙げられ、具体的にはノボラック型アルキルフェノール樹脂のヒタノール1502(日立化成工業社製)、p-tert-ブチルフェノールアセチレン樹脂のコレシン(BASF社製)等が挙げられる。 In the synthetic resin, examples of the phenolic resin include alkylphenol formaldehyde resins and rosin-modified products thereof, alkylphenolacetylene resins, modified alkylphenol resins, terpenephenol resins, and the like. Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), and p-tert-butylphenol acetylene resin colesin (BASF).
 前記合成樹脂において、石炭系樹脂としては、クマロンインデン樹脂等が挙げられ、前記合成樹脂において、キシレン系樹脂としては、キシレンホルムアルデヒド樹脂等が挙げられる。また、その他ポリブテンも樹脂成分として使用することができる。これらの合成樹脂の中で、配合されたゴム組成物の耐摩耗性の観点から、C留分とC留分の共重合樹脂、C留分を(共)重合して得られる芳香族系石油樹脂、フェノール系樹脂及びクマロンインデン樹脂が好ましい。 In the synthetic resin, the coal-based resin includes coumarone indene resin and the like, and the xylene-based resin in the synthetic resin includes xylene formaldehyde resin and the like. Other polybutenes can also be used as the resin component. Among these synthetic resins, aromatic from the viewpoint of abrasion resistance of the compounded rubber composition, C 5 fraction and C 9 fraction copolymer resin, obtained by a C 9 fraction (co) polymerizing Group petroleum resins, phenolic resins and coumarone indene resins are preferred.
 前記樹脂成分(c)については、SP値が4以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがさらに好ましい。樹脂成分(c)のSP値が4以下であれば、ゴム組成物中において、樹脂成分(c)が局所的に存在して破壊核になることを抑制でき、加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上する。なお、樹脂成分(c)のSP値の下限としては、特に限定されないが、0.01以上であることが好ましい。
 ここで、樹脂成分(c)のSP値は、ハンセン(Hansen)の数式を用いて算出される溶解度パラメータを意味し、より具体的には、ハンセンの3つのパラメータのうち分子間の双極子相互作用エネルギーと水素結合によるエネルギーから算出した数値を意味する。
The resin component (c) preferably has an SP value of 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. If the SP value of the resin component (c) is 4 or less, it can be suppressed that the resin component (c) is locally present in the rubber composition and becomes a fracture nucleus, and the abrasion resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition The nature is further improved. The lower limit of the SP value of the resin component (c) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 or more.
Here, the SP value of the resin component (c) means a solubility parameter calculated using Hansen's formula, and more specifically, among the three parameters of Hansen, the dipole mutual relationship between molecules. It means a value calculated from the energy of action and the energy of hydrogen bonds.
 また、前記樹脂成分(c)は、重量平均分子量(Mw)が2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがさらに好ましい。樹脂成分(c)の重量平均分子量(Mw)が2000以下であれば、ゴム組成物中において、樹脂成分(c)が局所的に存在して破壊核になることを抑制でき、ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上する。なお、樹脂成分(c)の重量平均分子量(Mw)の下限としては、特に限定されないが、400以上であることが好ましい。
 ここで、前記樹脂成分(c)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)で測定した、ポリスチレン換算の値である。
The resin component (c) preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. If the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin component (c) is 2000 or less, it can be suppressed that the resin component (c) is locally present in the rubber composition and becomes a fracture nucleus. Abrasion resistance is further improved. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin component (c) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 400 or more.
Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin component (c) is a value in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 また、前記樹脂成分(c)は、軟化点が200℃(測定法:ASTM E28-58-T)以下の樹脂であることが好ましく、80℃~150℃の範囲であることがさらに好ましく、90℃~120℃の範囲がより一層好ましい。軟化点が200℃以下の場合、ヒステリシスロス特性の温度依存性が小さく、作業性がさらに向上する。 The resin component (c) is preferably a resin having a softening point of 200 ° C. (measurement method: ASTM E28-58-T) or less, more preferably in the range of 80 ° C. to 150 ° C., 90 The range of from 0 to 120 ° C. is even more preferable. When the softening point is 200 ° C. or less, the temperature dependence of the hysteresis loss characteristic is small, and the workability is further improved.
 さらに、前記樹脂成分(c)は、前記ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対して、5~150質量部含有されることが好ましく、5~100質量部含有されることがさらに好ましく、10~80質量部含有されることがより一層好ましく、20~50質量部含有されることが特に好ましい。前記樹脂成分(c)の含有量が、前記ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対して、5質量部以上であれば、ゴム組成物のタッキネス及び加硫ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性がさらに向上し、また、150質量部以下であれば、ゴム組成物の作業性を良好に維持できる。 Further, the resin component (c) is preferably contained in an amount of 5 to 150 parts by weight, more preferably 5 to 100 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the rubber component (a). The content is more preferably 80 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass. When the content of the resin component (c) is 5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), the tackiness of the rubber composition and the wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition are further improved. And if it is 150 mass parts or less, workability | operativity of a rubber composition can be maintained favorable.
 また、前記ゴム組成物は、軟化剤(d)をさらに含むことが好ましい。ゴム組成物が軟化剤(d)を含有することで、ゴム組成物の作業性が向上するためである。 The rubber composition preferably further contains a softening agent (d). It is because workability | operativity of a rubber composition improves because a rubber composition contains a softening agent (d).
 前記軟化剤としては、鉱物由来のミネラルオイル、石油由来のアロマチックオイル、パラフィン系オイル、ナフテン系オイル、天然物由来のパームオイル等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ゴム組成物の耐亀裂性の観点から、鉱物由来の軟化剤及び石油由来の軟化剤が好ましい。 Examples of the softener include mineral-derived mineral oil, petroleum-derived aromatic oil, paraffinic oil, naphthenic oil, and natural product-derived palm oil. Among these, from the viewpoint of crack resistance of the rubber composition, a mineral-derived softener and a petroleum-derived softener are preferable.
 上述した中でも、前記軟化剤としては、ナフテン系オイルとアスファルトとの混合物や、パラフィン系オイルが特に好ましい。
 ここで、ナフテン系オイルとアスファルトとの混合物において、ナフテン系オイルは、水添ナフテン系オイルであってもよく、該水添ナフテン系オイルは、予め高温高圧水素化精製技術によりナフテン系オイルを水素化精製することにより得ることができる。一方、アスファルトは、ゴム成分(a)との相溶性や、軟化剤としての効果の点から、アスファルテン成分が5質量%以下であることが好ましい。なお、アスファルテン成分は、JPI法(日本石油学会法)に準拠して測定した組成分析より定量する。
Among the above-mentioned, the softener is particularly preferably a mixture of naphthenic oil and asphalt or paraffinic oil.
Here, in the mixture of naphthenic oil and asphalt, the naphthenic oil may be a hydrogenated naphthenic oil, and the hydrogenated naphthenic oil is preliminarily hydrogenated by a high-temperature high-pressure hydrorefining technique. It can be obtained by chemical purification. On the other hand, the asphalt content is preferably 5% by mass or less from the viewpoint of compatibility with the rubber component (a) and the effect as a softening agent. In addition, an asphaltene component is quantified from the composition analysis measured based on JPI method (Japan Petroleum Institute method).
 本発明のゴム組成物において、前記軟化剤(d)は、SP値が4以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることが更に好ましい。軟化剤(d)のSP値が4以下であれば、ゴム組成物中において、軟化剤(d)が局所的に存在して破壊核になることを抑制でき、ゴム組成物の耐亀裂性が更に向上し、また、耐破壊性も向上する。なお、軟化剤(d)のSP値の下限としては、特に限定されないが、0.01以上であることが好ましい。
 ここで、軟化剤(d)のSP値は、ハンセン(Hansen)の数式を用いて算出される溶解度パラメータを意味し、より具体的には、ハンセンの3つのパラメータのうち分子間の双極子相互作用エネルギーと水素結合によるエネルギーから算出した数値を意味する。
In the rubber composition of the present invention, the softener (d) preferably has an SP value of 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. If the SP value of the softening agent (d) is 4 or less, it can be suppressed that the softening agent (d) is locally present in the rubber composition and becomes a fracture nucleus, and the crack resistance of the rubber composition is reduced. Further improvement is achieved, and the fracture resistance is improved. In addition, although it does not specifically limit as a minimum of SP value of a softening agent (d), It is preferable that it is 0.01 or more.
Here, the SP value of the softening agent (d) means a solubility parameter calculated using Hansen's formula, and more specifically, among the three parameters of Hansen, the dipolar interaction between molecules. A numerical value calculated from the energy of action and the energy of hydrogen bonds.
 また、前記軟化剤(d)は、重量平均分子量(Mw)が2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることが更に好ましい。軟化剤(d)の重量平均分子量(Mw)が2000以下であれば、前記ゴム組成物中において、軟化剤(d)が局所的に存在して破壊核になることを抑制でき、前記ゴム組成物の耐亀裂性がさらに向上する。なお、軟化剤(d)の重量平均分子量(Mw)の下限としては、特に限定されないが、400以上であることが好ましい。
 ここで、軟化剤(d)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)で測定した、ポリスチレン換算の値である。
The softener (d) preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. If the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the softening agent (d) is 2000 or less, it is possible to suppress the softening agent (d) from being locally present in the rubber composition and becoming a fracture nucleus, and the rubber composition The crack resistance of the object is further improved. In addition, although it does not specifically limit as a minimum of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of a softening agent (d), It is preferable that it is 400 or more.
Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the softening agent (d) is a value in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 また、前記軟化剤(d)の含有量は、前記ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対して、0.1~150質量部であることが好ましく、1~130質量部であることがさらに好ましく、5~110質量部であることがより一層好ましい。軟化剤(d)の含有量が、ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対して、0.1質量部以上であれば、ゴム組成物の作業性がさらに向上し、また、150質量部以下であれば、ゴム組成物の耐亀裂性が更に向上する。 In addition, the content of the softening agent (d) is preferably 0.1 to 150 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 130 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the rubber component (a). 5 to 110 parts by mass is even more preferable. When the content of the softening agent (d) is 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), the workability of the rubber composition is further improved, and at 150 parts by mass or less. If present, the crack resistance of the rubber composition is further improved.
 前記ゴム組成物は、充填剤(e)をさらに含むことが好ましい。前記ゴム組成物が充填剤(e)を含む場合、本発明の加硫ゴム組成物の補強性や耐摩耗性を向上させることができる。該充填剤(e)としては、特に制限はなく、カーボンブラック、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、クレー、アルミナ、タルク、マイカ、カオリン、ガラスバルーン、ガラスビーズ、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、水酸化マグネシウム、酸化マグネシウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸カリウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられるが、これらの中でも、カーボンブラック、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウムが好ましく、カーボンブラック、シリカがさらに好ましい。これらは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The rubber composition preferably further contains a filler (e). When the rubber composition contains a filler (e), the reinforcing property and wear resistance of the vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention can be improved. The filler (e) is not particularly limited, and carbon black, silica, aluminum hydroxide, clay, alumina, talc, mica, kaolin, glass balloon, glass beads, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, oxidation Magnesium, titanium oxide, potassium titanate, barium sulfate, and the like can be mentioned. Among these, carbon black, silica, and aluminum hydroxide are preferable, and carbon black and silica are more preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 前記カーボンブラックとしては、例えば、GPF、FEF、HAF、ISAF、SAFグレードのカーボンブラックが挙げられる。
 また、前記シリカとしては、例えば、湿式シリカ(含水ケイ酸)、乾式シリカ(無水ケイ酸)、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、湿式シリカが好ましい。
 また、前記水酸化アルミニウムとしては、ハイジライト(登録商標、昭和電工製)等を用いることが好ましい。
Examples of the carbon black include GPF, FEF, HAF, ISAF, and SAF grade carbon black.
Examples of the silica include wet silica (hydrous silicic acid), dry silica (anhydrous silicic acid), calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, and the like. Among these, wet silica is preferable.
Moreover, as said aluminum hydroxide, it is preferable to use Heidilite (trademark, product made by Showa Denko) etc.
 前記充填剤(e)の含有量としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、前記ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対し、10~120質量部が好ましく、20~100質量部がより好ましく、30~80質量部が特に好ましい。前記充填剤の含有量が10質量部以上であることにより、充填剤による補強性向上の効果が十分に得られ、また、120質量部以下であることにより、良好な作業性を保持することができる。 The content of the filler (e) is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose, but is preferably 10 to 120 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a), Is more preferably from 100 to 100 parts by weight, particularly preferably from 30 to 80 parts by weight. When the content of the filler is 10 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving the reinforcing property by the filler can be sufficiently obtained, and when it is 120 parts by mass or less, good workability can be maintained. it can.
 さらに、前記ゴム組成物は、前記シリカの効果を向上させるために、シランカップリング剤をさらに含有することが好ましい。該シランカップリング剤としては、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルフィド、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)トリスルフィド、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)ジスルフィド、ビス(2-トリエトキシシリルエチル)テトラスルフィド、ビス(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルフィド、ビス(2-トリメトキシシリルエチル)テトラスルフィド、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリメトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル-N,N-ジメチルチオカルバモイルテトラスルフィド、3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル-N,N-ジメチルチオカルバモイルテトラスルフィド、2-トリエトキシシリルエチル-N,N-ジメチルチオカルバモイルテトラスルフィド、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルベンゾチアゾリルテトラスルフィド、3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルベンゾチアゾリルテトラスルフィド、3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルメタクリレートモノスルフィド、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルメタクリレートモノスルフィド、ビス(3-ジエトキシメチルシリルプロピル)テトラスルフィド、3-メルカプトプロピルジメトキシメチルシラン、ジメトキシメチルシリルプロピル-N,N-ジメチルチオカルバモイルテトラスルフィド、ジメトキシメチルシリルプロピルベンゾチアゾリルテトラスルフィド等が挙げられる。これらシランカップリング剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the rubber composition further contains a silane coupling agent in order to improve the effect of the silica. The silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) trisulfide, and bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl). ) Disulfide, bis (2-triethoxysilylethyl) tetrasulfide, bis (3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, bis (2-trimethoxysilylethyl) tetrasulfide, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercapto Propyltriethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl-N, N-dimethylthiocarbamoyl tetrasulfide, 3-triethoxysilylpro -N, N-dimethylthiocarbamoyl tetrasulfide, 2-triethoxysilylethyl-N, N-dimethylthiocarbamoyl tetrasulfide, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylbenzothiazolyl tetrasulfide, 3-triethoxysilylpropylbenzothia Zolyl tetrasulfide, 3-triethoxysilylpropyl methacrylate monosulfide, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl methacrylate monosulfide, bis (3-diethoxymethylsilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, 3-mercaptopropyldimethoxymethylsilane, dimethoxymethylsilylpropyl -N, N-dimethylthiocarbamoyl tetrasulfide, dimethoxymethylsilylpropylbenzothiazolyl tetrasulfide and the like. These silane coupling agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、前記シランカップリング剤の含有量は、前記シリカ100質量部に対して、2~20質量部の範囲が好ましく、5~15質量部の範囲がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤の含有量がシリカ100質量部に対して2質量部以上であれば、シリカによる効果が十分に向上し、また、シランカップリング剤の含有量がシリカ100質量部に対して20質量部以下であれば、ゴム成分(a)のゲル化の可能性が低い。 The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably in the range of 2 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the silica. When the content of the silane coupling agent is 2 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of silica, the effect of silica is sufficiently improved, and the content of the silane coupling agent is 20 with respect to 100 parts by mass of silica. If it is below mass parts, the possibility of gelation of the rubber component (a) is low.
 さらにまた、前記ゴム組成物は、架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。該架橋剤としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、硫黄系架橋剤、有機過酸化物系架橋剤、無機架橋剤、ポリアミン架橋剤、樹脂架橋剤、硫黄化合物系架橋剤、オキシム-ニトロソアミン系架橋剤等が挙げられる。なお、タイヤ用のゴム組成物としては、これらの架橋剤の中でも硫黄系架橋剤(加硫剤)がより好ましい。
 前記架橋剤の含有量としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、前記ゴム成分(a)100質量部に対し、0.1~20質量部が好ましい。
Furthermore, it is preferable that the rubber composition contains a crosslinking agent. There is no restriction | limiting in particular as this crosslinking agent, According to the objective, it can select suitably. Examples thereof include a sulfur-based crosslinking agent, an organic peroxide-based crosslinking agent, an inorganic crosslinking agent, a polyamine crosslinking agent, a resin crosslinking agent, a sulfur compound-based crosslinking agent, and an oxime-nitrosamine-based crosslinking agent. In addition, as a rubber composition for tires, a sulfur type crosslinking agent (vulcanizing agent) is more preferable among these crosslinking agents.
The content of the crosslinking agent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose, but is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (a).
 前記加硫剤を用いる場合には、さらに加硫促進剤を併用することもできる。前記加硫促進剤としては、グアジニン系、アルデヒド-アミン系、アルデヒド-アンモニア系、チアゾール系、スルフェンアミド系、チオ尿素系、チウラム系、ジチオカルバメート系、ザンテート系等の化合物が挙げられる。 When using the vulcanizing agent, a vulcanization accelerator can be used in combination. Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include guanidine, aldehyde-amine, aldehyde-ammonia, thiazole, sulfenamide, thiourea, thiuram, dithiocarbamate, and xanthate compounds.
 また、前記ゴム組成物には、必要に応じて、加硫助剤、着色剤、難燃剤、滑剤、可塑剤、加工助剤、酸化防止剤、老化防止剤、スコーチ防止剤、紫外線防止剤、帯電防止剤、着色防止剤、その他の配合剤等の、その他成分を、使用目的に応じて含有させることができる。 In addition, the rubber composition may include a vulcanization aid, a colorant, a flame retardant, a lubricant, a plasticizer, a processing aid, an antioxidant, an anti-aging agent, an anti-scorch agent, an anti-UV agent, if necessary. Other components such as an antistatic agent, an anti-coloring agent, and other compounding agents can be contained depending on the purpose of use.
<タイヤトレッド>
 本発明のタイヤトレッドは、上述した本発明の加硫ゴム組成物を用いたことを特徴とする。かかる本発明のタイヤトレッドは、上述した加硫ゴム組成物を用いているため、タイヤに適用した際、タイヤの氷上性能と耐摩耗性との両方に優れる。
<Tire tread>
The tire tread of the present invention is characterized by using the above-described vulcanized rubber composition of the present invention. Since the tire tread of the present invention uses the vulcanized rubber composition described above, when applied to a tire, the tire tread is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance of the tire.
<タイヤ>
 本発明のタイヤは、上述した本発明のタイヤトレッドを備えることを特徴とする。かかる本発明のタイヤは、上述したタイヤトレッドを用いているため、氷上性能と耐摩耗性との両方に優れる。なお、本発明のタイヤは、氷上性能と耐摩耗性との両方に優れるため、スタッドレスタイヤ等の冬用タイヤとして特に有用である。
 本発明のタイヤは、適用するタイヤの種類や部材に応じ、未加硫のゴム組成物を用いて成形後に加硫して得てもよく、予備加硫工程等を経た半加硫ゴムを用いて成形後、さらに本加硫して得てもよい。なお、タイヤに充填する気体としては、通常の或いは酸素分圧を調整した空気の他、窒素、アルゴン、ヘリウム等の不活性ガスを用いることができる。
<Tire>
The tire of the present invention includes the above-described tire tread of the present invention. Since the tire of the present invention uses the above-described tire tread, it is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance. The tire of the present invention is particularly useful as a winter tire such as a studless tire because it is excellent in both on-ice performance and wear resistance.
The tire of the present invention may be obtained by vulcanization after molding using an unvulcanized rubber composition according to the type and member of the tire to be applied, and uses a semi-vulcanized rubber that has undergone a preliminary vulcanization process or the like. After molding, it may be further vulcanized. In addition, as gas with which a tire is filled, inert gas, such as nitrogen, argon, helium other than the air which adjusted normal or oxygen partial pressure, can be used.
 以下に、実施例を挙げて本発明を更に詳しく説明するが、本発明は下記の実施例に何ら限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
<共重合体の分析方法>
 以下の方法で、後述のようにして合成した共重合体の数平均分子量(Mn)、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分子量分布(Mw/Mn)、ブタジエン単位、エチレン単位及びスチレン単位の含有量、融点、吸熱ピークエネルギー、ガラス転移温度、結晶化度を測定し、主鎖構造を確認した。
<Method for analyzing copolymer>
The number average molecular weight (Mn), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) of the copolymer synthesized as described below by the following method, butadiene unit, ethylene unit and styrene unit content, The main chain structure was confirmed by measuring the melting point, endothermic peak energy, glass transition temperature, and crystallinity.
(1)数平均分子量(Mn)、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分子量分布(Mw/Mn)
 ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー[GPC:東ソー社製HLC-8121GPC/HT、カラム:東ソー社製GMHHR-H(S)HT×2本、検出器:示差屈折率計(RI)]で単分散ポリスチレンを基準として、共重合体のポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量(Mn)、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分子量分布(Mw/Mn)を求めた。なお、測定温度は40℃である。
(1) Number average molecular weight (Mn), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn)
Monodisperse polystyrene was analyzed by gel permeation chromatography [GPC: HLC-8121GPC / HT manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column: GMH HR -H (S) HT × 2 manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, detector: differential refractometer (RI)]. As a reference, the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) of the copolymer were determined. The measurement temperature is 40 ° C.
(2)ブタジエン単位、エチレン単位、スチレン単位の含有量
 共重合体中のブタジエン単位、エチレン単位、スチレン単位の含有量(mol%)を、H-NMRスペクトル(100℃、d-テトラクロロエタン標準:6ppm)の各ピークの積分比より求めた。
(2) Content of butadiene unit, ethylene unit, and styrene unit The content (mol%) of butadiene unit, ethylene unit, and styrene unit in the copolymer was measured using a 1 H-NMR spectrum (100 ° C., d-tetrachloroethane standard). : 6 ppm) from the integration ratio of each peak.
(3)融点(T
 示差走査熱量計(DSC、ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン社製、「DSCQ2000」)を用い、JIS K 7121(1987年)に準拠して、共重合体の融点を測定した。
(3) Melting point ( Tm )
Using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC, manufactured by TA Instruments Japan, “DSCQ2000”), the melting point of the copolymer was measured based on JIS K 7121 (1987).
(4)吸熱ピークエネルギー
 示差走査熱量計(DSC、ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン社製、「DSCQ2000」)を用い、JIS K 7121(1987年)に準拠して、10℃/分の昇温速度で-150℃から150℃まで昇温し、その時(1st run)の0~120℃における吸熱ピークエネルギーを測定した。
(4) Endothermic peak energy Using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC, manufactured by T.A. Instruments Japan, "DSCQ2000"), an increase of 10 ° C / min in accordance with JIS K 7121 (1987) The temperature was increased from −150 ° C. to 150 ° C. at a temperature rate, and the endothermic peak energy at 0 to 120 ° C. at that time (1st run) was measured.
(5)ガラス転移温度(Tg)
 示差走査熱量計(DSC、ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン社製、「DSCQ2000」)を用い、JIS K 7121(1987年)に準拠して、共重合体のガラス転移温度(Tg)を測定した。
(5) Glass transition temperature (Tg)
Using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC, manufactured by TS Instruments Japan, "DSCQ2000"), the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the copolymer is measured according to JIS K 7121 (1987). did.
(6)結晶化度
 100%結晶成分のポリエチレンの結晶融解エネルギーと、得られた共重合体の融解ピークエネルギーを測定し、ポリエチレンと共重合体とのエネルギー比率から、結晶化度を算出した。なお、融解ピークエネルギーは、示差走査熱量計(DSC、ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン社製、「DSCQ2000」)で測定した。
(6) Crystallinity The crystal melting energy of 100% crystalline polyethylene and the melting peak energy of the obtained copolymer were measured, and the crystallinity was calculated from the energy ratio of polyethylene and copolymer. The melting peak energy was measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC, manufactured by TA Instruments Japan, “DSCQ2000”).
(7)主鎖構造の確認
 合成した共重合体について、13C-NMRスペクトルを測定した。
(7) Confirmation of main chain structure The synthesized copolymer was measured for 13 C-NMR spectrum.
<三元共重合体の合成方法>
 十分に乾燥した1000mLの耐圧ステンレス反応器に、スチレン160gと、トルエン600mLを加えた。
 窒素雰囲気下のグローブボックス中で、ガラス製容器にモノ(ビス(1,3-tert-ブチルジメチルシリル)インデニル)ビス(ビス(ジメチルシリル)アミドガドリニウム錯体{1,3-[(t-Bu)MeSi]Gd[N(SiHMe}0.25mmol、ジメチルアニリニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート[MeNHPhB(C]0.275mmol、及びジイソブチルアルミニウムハイドライド1.1mmolを仕込み、トルエン40mLに溶解させて触媒溶液とした。
 該触媒溶液を、前記耐圧ステンレス反応器に加え、70℃に加温した。
 次いで、エチレンを圧力1.5MPaで、該耐圧ステンレス反応器に投入し、更に1,3-ブタジエン20gを含むトルエン溶液80mLを8時間かけて該耐圧ステンレス反応器に投入し、70℃で計8.5時間共重合を行った。
 次いで、2,2’-メチレン-ビス(4-エチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)(NS-5)5質量%のイソプロパノール溶液1mlを、該耐圧ステンレス反応器に加えて反応を停止させた。
 次いで、大量のメタノールを用いて共重合体を分離し、50℃で真空乾燥し、三元共重合体を得た。
 得られた三元共重合体について、数平均分子量(Mn)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)、ブタジエン単位、エチレン単位、スチレン単位の含有量、融点(T)、吸熱ピークエネルギー、ガラス転移温度(Tg)、結晶化度を、上記の方法で測定した。結果を表1に示す。
 また、得られた三元共重合体について、上記の方法で主鎖構造を確認したところ、13C-NMRスペクトルチャートにおいて、10~24ppmにピークが観測されなかったことから、合成した三元共重合体は、主鎖が非環状構造のみからなることを確認した。
<Synthesis Method of Ternary Copolymer>
To a sufficiently dried 1000 mL pressure-resistant stainless steel reactor, 160 g of styrene and 600 mL of toluene were added.
Mono (bis (1,3-tert-butyldimethylsilyl) indenyl) bis (bis (dimethylsilyl) amidogadolinium complex {1,3-[(t-Bu)) in a glass container in a glove box under a nitrogen atmosphere Me 2 Si] 2 C 9 H 5 Gd [N (SiHMe 2 ) 2 ] 2 } 0.25 mmol, dimethylanilinium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate [Me 2 NHPhB (C 6 F 5 ) 4 ] 0.275 mmol, And 1.1 mmol of diisobutylaluminum hydride were charged and dissolved in 40 mL of toluene to obtain a catalyst solution.
The catalyst solution was added to the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor and heated to 70 ° C.
Next, ethylene was charged into the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor at a pressure of 1.5 MPa, and further 80 mL of a toluene solution containing 20 g of 1,3-butadiene was charged into the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor over 8 hours. Copolymerization was carried out for 5 hours.
Next, 1 ml of 2,2′-methylene-bis (4-ethyl-6-tert-butylphenol) (NS-5) 5 mass% isopropanol solution was added to the pressure resistant stainless steel reactor to stop the reaction.
Next, the copolymer was separated using a large amount of methanol and vacuum-dried at 50 ° C. to obtain a terpolymer.
About the obtained terpolymer, number average molecular weight (Mn), weight average molecular weight (Mw), molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn), butadiene unit, ethylene unit, styrene unit content, melting point (T m ), Endothermic peak energy, glass transition temperature (Tg), and crystallinity were measured by the above methods. The results are shown in Table 1.
Further, when the main chain structure of the obtained terpolymer was confirmed by the above method, no peak was observed at 10 to 24 ppm in the 13 C-NMR spectrum chart. The polymer was confirmed to have a main chain consisting only of an acyclic structure.
<二元共重合体の合成方法>
 十分に乾燥した4Lステンレス反応器に、1,3-ブタジエン120g(2.22mol)を含むトルエン溶液2,000gを添加した後、エチレンを1.72MPaで導入した。一方、窒素雰囲気下のグローブボックス中で、ガラス製容器にビス(2-フェニルインデニル)ガドリニウムビス(ジメチルシリルアミド)[(2-PhCGdN(SiHMe]28.5μmol、ジメチルアニリニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート[MeNHPhB(C]28.5μmol、及びジイソブチルアルミニウムハイドライド2.00mmolを仕込み、トルエン40mlに溶解させて触媒溶液とする。その後、グローブボックスから触媒溶液を取り出し、ガドリニウム換算で25.0μmolとなる量をモノマー溶液へ添加し、50℃で90分間重合を行う。重合後、2,2’メチレン-ビス(4-エチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)(NS-5)5質量%のイソプロパノール溶液5mlを加えて反応を停止させ、さらに大量のメタノールで共重合体を分離し、70℃で真空乾燥し二元共重合体を得る。
 得られた二元共重合体について、数平均分子量(Mn)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)、エチレン単位、ブタジエン単位の含有量、融点(T)、吸熱ピークエネルギー、ガラス転移温度(Tg)、結晶化度を、上記の方法で測定する。結果を表1に示す。
<Synthesis Method of Binary Copolymer>
After adding 2,000 g of a toluene solution containing 120 g (2.22 mol) of 1,3-butadiene to a sufficiently dry 4 L stainless steel reactor, ethylene was introduced at 1.72 MPa. On the other hand, in a glove box under a nitrogen atmosphere, bis (2-phenylindenyl) gadolinium bis (dimethylsilylamide) [(2-PhC 9 H 6 ) 2 GdN (SiHMe 2 ) 2 ] 28.5 μmol was placed in a glass container. , 28.5 μmol of dimethylanilinium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate [Me 2 NHPhB (C 6 F 5 ) 4 ] and 2.00 mmol of diisobutylaluminum hydride are dissolved in 40 ml of toluene to obtain a catalyst solution. Thereafter, the catalyst solution is taken out from the glove box, an amount of 25.0 μmol in terms of gadolinium is added to the monomer solution, and polymerization is performed at 50 ° C. for 90 minutes. After the polymerization, 5 ml of 2,2′methylene-bis (4-ethyl-6-t-butylphenol) (NS-5) 5% by mass isopropanol solution was added to stop the reaction, and the copolymer was further added with a large amount of methanol. Separate and vacuum dry at 70 ° C. to obtain a binary copolymer.
About the obtained binary copolymer, number average molecular weight (Mn), weight average molecular weight (Mw), molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn), ethylene unit, content of butadiene unit, melting point ( Tm ), endothermic peak energy The glass transition temperature (Tg) and the crystallinity are measured by the above methods. The results are shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
<加硫ゴム組成物の作製及び評価>
 表2に示す配合処方に従い、通常のバンバリーミキサーを用いて、ゴム組成物を製造した。得られたゴム組成物を、160℃にて15分間加硫して、比較例1~5及び実施例1~5の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルを作製した。
 また、表2に示す配合処方に従い、通常のバンバリーミキサーを用いて、ゴム組成物を製造する。得られたゴム組成物を、160℃にて15分間加硫して、比較例6及び7の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルを作製する。
 得られた各サンプルに対して、下記の方法で、表面粗さ及び空隙率を測定し、さらに、耐摩耗性及び氷上性能の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。
<Production and evaluation of vulcanized rubber composition>
According to the formulation shown in Table 2, a rubber composition was produced using a normal Banbury mixer. The obtained rubber composition was vulcanized at 160 ° C. for 15 minutes to prepare samples of vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 and Examples 1 to 5.
Moreover, according to the compounding prescription shown in Table 2, a rubber composition is manufactured using a normal Banbury mixer. The obtained rubber composition is vulcanized at 160 ° C. for 15 minutes to prepare samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 6 and 7.
With respect to each of the obtained samples, the surface roughness and the porosity were measured by the following method, and the wear resistance and the performance on ice were further evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
(8)表面粗さ
 比較例1~5及び実施例1~5の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、JIS B 0601(2001年)に準拠して、表面粗さ:Ra(μm)を測定した。
 また、比較例6及び7の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、JIS B 0601(2001年)に準拠して、表面粗さ:Ra(μm)を測定する。
(8) Surface roughness The samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 and Examples 1 to 5 were measured for surface roughness: Ra (μm) according to JIS B 0601 (2001). .
Further, surface roughness: Ra (μm) is measured for samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 6 and 7 in accordance with JIS B 0601 (2001).
(9)空隙率
 比較例1~5及び実施例1~5の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、任意の箇所で切断した後、切断した各サンプルについて、密電子天秤を用いて重量を測定し、理論重量との差異((理論重量-測定重量)×100)を空隙率(%)とした。
 また、比較例6及び7の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、任意の箇所で切断した後、切断した各サンプルについて、密電子天秤を用いて重量を測定し、理論重量との差異((理論重量-測定重量)×100)を空隙率(%)とする。
(9) Porosity After the samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 and Examples 1 to 5 were cut at arbitrary locations, the weight of each cut sample was measured using a dense electronic balance. The difference from the theoretical weight ((theoretical weight−measured weight) × 100) was defined as the porosity (%).
Further, the samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 6 and 7 were cut at an arbitrary position, and then the weight of each cut sample was measured using a dense electronic balance, and the difference from the theoretical weight ((theoretical Weight−measured weight) × 100) is defined as the porosity (%).
(10)耐摩耗性
 比較例1~5及び実施例1~5の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、JIS K 7218(1986年)の滑り摩耗試験のB法に準じて、摩耗量を測定した。なお、測定温度は室温(23℃)、荷重は16Nとした。
 また、比較例6及び7の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、JIS K 7218(1986年)の滑り摩耗試験のB法に準じて、摩耗量を測定する。なお、測定温度は室温(23℃)、荷重は16Nとする。
 評価は、比較例5の加硫ゴムの摩耗量の逆数を100として、指数表示した。指数値が大きい程、摩耗量が少なく、耐摩耗性が良好であることを示す。
(10) Abrasion resistance With respect to the samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 and Examples 1 to 5, the amount of wear was measured according to the B method of the sliding wear test of JIS K 7218 (1986). . The measurement temperature was room temperature (23 ° C.) and the load was 16N.
Moreover, about the sample of the vulcanized rubber composition of the comparative examples 6 and 7, the amount of wear is measured according to the B method of the sliding wear test of JIS K 7218 (1986). The measurement temperature is room temperature (23 ° C.) and the load is 16N.
The evaluation was expressed as an index with the reciprocal of the wear amount of the vulcanized rubber of Comparative Example 5 being 100. The larger the index value, the smaller the wear amount and the better the wear resistance.
(11)氷上性能
 比較例1~5及び実施例1~5の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、直径50mm、厚さ10mmの試験片に成形した後、固定した氷上に押しつけて回転させるときに発生する摩擦力をロードセルで検出し、動摩擦係数μを算出した。なお、測定温度は-2℃、面圧は12kgf/cm、サンプル回転周速度は20cm/secとした。
 また、比較例6及び7の加硫ゴム組成物のサンプルについて、直径50mm、厚さ10mmの試験片に成形した後、固定した氷上に押しつけて回転させるときに発生する摩擦力をロードセルで検出し、動摩擦係数μを算出する。なお、測定温度は-2℃、面圧は12kgf/cm、サンプル回転周速度は20cm/secとする。
 評価は、比較例5の動摩擦係数μを100として、指数表示した。指数値が大きい程、動摩擦係数μが大きく、氷上性能が良好であることを示す。
(11) Performance on ice When the vulcanized rubber composition samples of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 and Examples 1 to 5 were formed into test pieces having a diameter of 50 mm and a thickness of 10 mm, they were pressed against fixed ice and rotated. The generated frictional force was detected by a load cell, and the dynamic friction coefficient μ was calculated. The measurement temperature was −2 ° C., the surface pressure was 12 kgf / cm 2 , and the sample rotation peripheral speed was 20 cm / sec.
In addition, with respect to the samples of the vulcanized rubber compositions of Comparative Examples 6 and 7, after forming into a test piece having a diameter of 50 mm and a thickness of 10 mm, the frictional force generated when rotating by pressing on fixed ice was detected by a load cell. Then, the dynamic friction coefficient μ is calculated. The measurement temperature is −2 ° C., the surface pressure is 12 kgf / cm 2 , and the sample rotation peripheral speed is 20 cm / sec.
The evaluation was expressed as an index with the dynamic friction coefficient μ of Comparative Example 5 as 100. The larger the index value, the larger the dynamic friction coefficient μ, indicating better performance on ice.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
*1 天然ゴム: TSR20
*2 ブタジエンゴム: JSR社製、商品名「BR01」
*3 三元共重合体: 上記の方法で合成した三元共重合体
*4 二元共重合体: 上記の方法で合成した二元共重合体
*5 カーボンブラック: SAF級カーボンブラック、旭カーボン社製、商品名「ASAHI#105」
*6 プロセスオイル: 石油系炭化水素プロセスオイル、出光興産社製、商品名「DAIANA PROCESS OIL NS-28」
*7 シリカ: 東ソー・シリカ工業社製、商品名「Nipsil AQ」
*8 シランカップリング剤: ビストリエトキシシリルプロピルポリスルフィド、信越化学工業社製
*9 ワックス: マイクロクリスタリンワックス、精工化学社製
*10 老化防止剤: 大内新興化学工業社製、商品名「ノクラック6C」
*11 樹脂: 脂肪族炭化水素樹脂、三井石油化学社製、商品名「HI-REZ G-100X」
*12 親水性短繊維: 以下の方法で作製した親水性短繊維
 特開2012-219245号公報に開示の製造例3に従い、二軸押出機を2台用い、ホッパーにポリエチレン[日本ポリエチレン製、ノバテックHJ360(MFR5.5、融点132℃)]40質量部と、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体[クラレ製、エバールF104B(MFR4.4、融点183℃)]40質量部とを投入し、ダイ出口から各々同時に押し出して、常法に従って得られた繊維を長さ2mmにカットして、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体からなるコアの表面にポリエチレンからなる被覆層が形成された親水性短繊維を作製した。
*13 酸化亜鉛: ハクスイテック社製
*14 加硫促進剤CZ: N-シクロヘキシル-2-ベンゾチアゾリルスルフェンアミド、大内新興化学工業社製、商品名「ノクセラーCZ」
*15 加硫促進剤MBTS: ジ-2-ベンゾチアゾリルジスルフィド、大内新興化学工業社製、商品名「ノクセラーDM-P」
*16 発泡剤: ジニトロソペンタメチレンテトラミン、三協化成社製、商品名「セルマイクAN」
* 1 Natural rubber: TSR20
* 2 Butadiene rubber: Product name “BR01” manufactured by JSR Corporation
* 3 Ternary copolymer: Ternary copolymer synthesized by the above method * 4 Binary copolymer: Binary copolymer synthesized by the above method * 5 Carbon black: SAF grade carbon black, Asahi Carbon Product name "ASAHI # 105"
* 6 Process oil: Petroleum hydrocarbon process oil, manufactured by Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd., trade name "DAIAANA PROCESS OIL NS-28"
* 7 Silica: Tosoh Silica Industry Co., Ltd., trade name “Nipsil AQ”
* 8 Silane coupling agent: Bistriethoxysilylpropyl polysulfide, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. * 9 Wax: Microcrystalline wax, manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd. * 10 Anti-aging agent: Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name “NOCRACK 6C”
* 11 Resin: Aliphatic hydrocarbon resin, manufactured by Mitsui Petrochemical Co., Ltd., trade name “HI-REZ G-100X”
* 12 Hydrophilic short fibers: Hydrophilic short fibers produced by the following method In accordance with Production Example 3 disclosed in JP2012-219245A, two twin screw extruders were used and polyethylene was used as a hopper [manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene, Novatec. 40 parts by mass of HJ360 (MFR 5.5, melting point 132 ° C.)] and 40 parts by mass of an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer [manufactured by Kuraray, Eval F104B (MFR 4.4, melting point 183 ° C.)] are charged from the die outlet. Each of the fibers was extruded at the same time, and the fibers obtained according to a conventional method were cut into a length of 2 mm to produce hydrophilic short fibers in which a coating layer made of polyethylene was formed on the surface of a core made of an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer. .
* 13 Zinc oxide: manufactured by Hakusuitec Co., Ltd. * 14 Vulcanization accelerator CZ: N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolylsulfenamide, manufactured by Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name “Noxeller CZ”
* 15 Vulcanization accelerator MBTS: Di-2-benzothiazolyl disulfide, manufactured by Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name “Noxeller DM-P”
* 16 Foaming agent: dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine, manufactured by Sankyo Kasei Co., Ltd., trade name "Cermic AN"
 表2から、本発明に従う実施例の加硫ゴム組成物は、氷上性能及び耐摩耗性を高いレベルで両立できていることがわかる。 From Table 2, it can be seen that the vulcanized rubber compositions of the examples according to the present invention have both high performance on ice and wear resistance at a high level.
 本発明によれば、タイヤの氷上性能と耐摩耗性とを高いレベルで両立できる加硫ゴム組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、氷上性能と耐摩耗性との両方に優れるタイヤトレッド及びタイヤを提供することができる。
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the vulcanized rubber composition which can make the performance on ice and abrasion resistance of a tire compatible on a high level can be provided.
Moreover, according to this invention, the tire tread and tire which are excellent in both on-ice performance and abrasion resistance can be provided.
10 加硫ゴム組成物
20 空隙
10 Vulcanized rubber composition 20 Void

Claims (16)

  1.  ゴム成分が、共役ジエン単位と、非共役オレフィン単位と、芳香族ビニル単位とを含有する多元共重合体を含む、加硫ゴム組成物であって、
     該加硫ゴム組成物の表面粗さが、5~100μmであることを特徴とする、加硫ゴム組成物。
    The rubber component is a vulcanized rubber composition comprising a multi-component copolymer containing a conjugated diene unit, a non-conjugated olefin unit, and an aromatic vinyl unit,
    A vulcanized rubber composition, wherein the vulcanized rubber composition has a surface roughness of 5 to 100 μm.
  2.  前記加硫ゴム組成物は複数の空隙を有し、空隙率が10~80%であることを特徴とする、請求項1に記載のゴム組成物。 2. The rubber composition according to claim 1, wherein the vulcanized rubber composition has a plurality of voids and has a porosity of 10 to 80%.
  3.  前記多元共重合体は、前記共役ジエン単位の含有量が1~50mol%で、前記非共役オレフィン単位の含有量が40~97mol%で、且つ、前記芳香族ビニル単位の含有量が2~35mol%であることを特徴とする、請求項1又は2に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The multi-component copolymer has a content of the conjugated diene unit of 1 to 50 mol%, a content of the non-conjugated olefin unit of 40 to 97 mol%, and a content of the aromatic vinyl unit of 2 to 35 mol%. The vulcanized rubber composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the vulcanized rubber composition is%.
  4.  前記多元共重合体は、示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定した融点が30~130℃であることを特徴とする、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The vulcanized rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the multi-component copolymer has a melting point of 30 to 130 ° C as measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
  5.  前記多元共重合体は、0~120℃における示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定した吸熱ピークエネルギーが10~150J/gであることを特徴とする、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 5. The multi-component copolymer according to claim 1, wherein the endothermic peak energy measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) at 0 to 120 ° C. is 10 to 150 J / g. The vulcanized rubber composition as described.
  6.  前記多元共重合体は、示差走査熱量計(DSC)で測定したガラス転移温度が0℃以下であることを特徴とする、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 6. The vulcanized rubber composition according to claim 1, wherein the multi-component copolymer has a glass transition temperature of 0 ° C. or less as measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). .
  7.  前記多元共重合体は、結晶化度が0.5~50%であることを特徴とする、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The vulcanized rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the multi-component copolymer has a crystallinity of 0.5 to 50%.
  8.  前記多元共重合体は、前記非共役オレフィン単位が非環状の非共役オレフィン単位であることを特徴とする、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The vulcanized rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein in the multi-component copolymer, the non-conjugated olefin unit is an acyclic non-conjugated olefin unit.
  9.  前記多元共重合体は、前記非環状の非共役オレフィン単位がエチレン単位のみからなることを特徴とする、請求項8に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The vulcanized rubber composition according to claim 8, wherein the multi-component copolymer is such that the non-cyclic non-conjugated olefin unit is composed only of an ethylene unit.
  10.  前記多元共重合体は、前記芳香族ビニル単位がスチレン単位を含むことを特徴とする、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 10. The vulcanized rubber composition according to claim 1, wherein the aromatic vinyl unit of the multi-component copolymer includes a styrene unit.
  11.  前記多元共重合体は、前記共役ジエン単位が1,3-ブタジエン単位及び/又はイソプレン単位を含むことを特徴とする、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The vulcanized rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein in the multi-component copolymer, the conjugated diene unit includes a 1,3-butadiene unit and / or an isoprene unit.
  12.  前記ゴム成分中の、前記多元共重合体の含有量が5~100質量%であることを特徴とする、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The vulcanized rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the content of the multi-component copolymer in the rubber component is 5 to 100% by mass.
  13.  前記加硫ゴム組成物が、空隙導入剤をさらに含むことを特徴とする、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The vulcanized rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the vulcanized rubber composition further contains a void introducing agent.
  14.  前記空隙導入剤が、発泡剤、親水性短繊維、硫酸金属塩、熱膨張性マイクロカプセル及び多孔質セルロース粒子からなる群より選択される少なくとも一種であることを特徴とする、請求項13に記載の加硫ゴム組成物。 The void-introducing agent is at least one selected from the group consisting of foaming agents, hydrophilic short fibers, metal sulfate salts, thermally expandable microcapsules, and porous cellulose particles. Vulcanized rubber composition.
  15.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の加硫ゴム組成物を用いたことを特徴とする、タイヤトレッド。 A tire tread characterized by using the vulcanized rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  16.  請求項15に記載のタイヤトレッドを備えることを特徴とする、タイヤ。 A tire comprising the tire tread according to claim 15.
PCT/JP2019/015827 2018-05-08 2019-04-11 Vulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire WO2019216109A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020518209A JPWO2019216109A1 (en) 2018-05-08 2019-04-11 Vulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018089774 2018-05-08
JP2018-089774 2018-05-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019216109A1 true WO2019216109A1 (en) 2019-11-14

Family

ID=68466964

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/015827 WO2019216109A1 (en) 2018-05-08 2019-04-11 Vulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2019216109A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2019216109A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021106413A1 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 株式会社ブリヂストン Rubber-metal complex, tire, and rubber article
WO2022050175A1 (en) * 2020-09-01 2022-03-10 株式会社ブリヂストン Resin composition and molded body
WO2022254751A1 (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Rubber composition and tire
WO2022254750A1 (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Rubber composition and tire
WO2022254749A1 (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Vulcanized rubber composition and tire

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09291121A (en) * 1996-04-26 1997-11-11 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Butene/butadiene copolymer, its production, and vulcanized rubber
JPH1180269A (en) * 1997-07-18 1999-03-26 Mitsui Chem Inc Unsaturated copolymer, preparation thereof and composition containing said copolymer
JP2001514275A (en) * 1997-08-27 2001-09-11 ザ ダウ ケミカル カンパニー Thermoset interpolymers and foams
JP2010515614A (en) * 2007-01-12 2010-05-13 チャン、ハイロン Anti-puncture, bulletproof, and leak-proof safety tire and method for preparing the same, and leak-proof and hermetically crosslinked polymer material used in the method
WO2017002966A1 (en) * 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 横浜ゴム株式会社 Tire tread rubber composition
JP2017101181A (en) * 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Manufacturing method of multi-component copolymer and multi-component copolymer
JP2017128649A (en) * 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 株式会社ブリヂストン Method for producing rubber composition, rubber composition, and tire
JP2018053177A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 住友ゴム工業株式会社 Cap tread rubber composition for winter tire

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09291121A (en) * 1996-04-26 1997-11-11 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Butene/butadiene copolymer, its production, and vulcanized rubber
JPH1180269A (en) * 1997-07-18 1999-03-26 Mitsui Chem Inc Unsaturated copolymer, preparation thereof and composition containing said copolymer
JP2001514275A (en) * 1997-08-27 2001-09-11 ザ ダウ ケミカル カンパニー Thermoset interpolymers and foams
JP2010515614A (en) * 2007-01-12 2010-05-13 チャン、ハイロン Anti-puncture, bulletproof, and leak-proof safety tire and method for preparing the same, and leak-proof and hermetically crosslinked polymer material used in the method
WO2017002966A1 (en) * 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 横浜ゴム株式会社 Tire tread rubber composition
JP2017101181A (en) * 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Manufacturing method of multi-component copolymer and multi-component copolymer
JP2017128649A (en) * 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 株式会社ブリヂストン Method for producing rubber composition, rubber composition, and tire
JP2018053177A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 住友ゴム工業株式会社 Cap tread rubber composition for winter tire

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021106413A1 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 株式会社ブリヂストン Rubber-metal complex, tire, and rubber article
JP7386258B2 (en) 2019-11-28 2023-11-24 株式会社ブリヂストン Rubber-metal composites, tires, and rubber articles
WO2022050175A1 (en) * 2020-09-01 2022-03-10 株式会社ブリヂストン Resin composition and molded body
WO2022254751A1 (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Rubber composition and tire
WO2022254750A1 (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Rubber composition and tire
WO2022254749A1 (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 株式会社ブリヂストン Vulcanized rubber composition and tire

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019216109A1 (en) 2021-05-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019216109A1 (en) Vulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire
JP7217744B2 (en) Vulcanized rubber composition, tire tread and tire
JP6637716B2 (en) Multi-component copolymer, rubber composition, cross-linked rubber composition and rubber article
JP5769577B2 (en) Rubber composition for crawler and rubber crawler using the same
JP2017075286A (en) Multi-component copolymer, rubber composition, crosslinked rubber composition, and rubber article
JP5973735B2 (en) Rubber composition for tire and tire comprising the rubber composition for tire
JP5735886B2 (en) Rubber composition for rubber bearing coating and rubber for rubber bearing coating using the same
WO2019216100A1 (en) Rubber composition, foam rubber, tire tread, and tire
WO2017064860A1 (en) Multi-component copolymer, rubber composition, crosslinked rubber composition, and rubber article
JP5840481B2 (en) Pneumatic tire
WO2020235285A1 (en) Multi-component copolymer, rubber composition, resin composition, tire, and resin product
JP2019214680A (en) Rubber composition, tire, and rubber article
JP5973737B2 (en) Rubber composition for tire, crosslinked rubber composition for tire, and tire
JP2012179807A (en) Rubber laminate
JP5856494B2 (en) Pneumatic tire
JP2016128552A (en) Rubber composition and tire using the same
JP2013159631A (en) Rubber composition, rubber composition for tire tread, crosslinked rubber and tire
JP5973736B2 (en) Rubber composition for tire, crosslinked rubber composition for tire, and tire
WO2018230410A1 (en) Rubber composition and tire
WO2017064858A1 (en) Multi-component copolymer, rubber composition, crosslinked rubber composition, and rubber article
JP2012197420A (en) Method for manufacturing rubber composition
JP2019214679A (en) Rubber composition, rubber composition for tire, tire, and rubber article
JP5798941B2 (en) Rubber composition and pneumatic tire
JP2020114918A (en) Multi-component copolymer, rubber composition, cross-linked rubber composition, and rubber article
JP2012197422A (en) Rubber composition and tire

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19799102

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020518209

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19799102

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1